U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-KSB

     
[X]   Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002
 
[   ]   Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number: 000-49929

ACCESS NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

     
Organized under the laws of the United States   82-0545425
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification Number)

14006 Lee Jackson Memorial Highway, Chantilly, Virginia 20151
(Address of principal executive office) (Zip Code)

(703) 871-2100
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes    X             No______

Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of regulation S-B is not contained in this form, and no disclosure will be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitve proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB [ ]

     
Common Stock $5.00 par value   Outstanding at March13, 2003
(Class)   1,170,000 shares

 


 

The corporation’s revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 were $32,578,686.

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the corporation as of March 13, 2003, computed by reference to the price at which the stock was sold as of a specified date within the last 60 days was approximately $ 24,608,668.

As of March 13, 2003, there were 1,170,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $5.00 per share of Access National corporation issued and outstanding.

Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format. (Check one): Yes______No    x  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report.

2


 

ACCESS NATIONAL CORPORATION
FORM 10-KSB

INDEX

           
PART I       FINANCIAL INFORMATION
       
 
Item 1. Description of Business
  Page 4
 
Item 2 Description of Property
  Page 12
 
Item 3 Legal Proceedings
  Page 12
 
Item 4 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
  Page 12
PART II
       
 
Item 5 Market for Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters
  Page 13
 
Item 6 Management’s Discussion and Analysis
  Page 13
 
Item 7 Financial Statements
  Page 33
 
Item 8 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants On Accounting and Financial Disclosure
  Page 64
PART III
       
 
Item 9 Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Person; Compliance With Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act
  Page 64
 
Item 10 Executive Compensation
  Page 64
 
Item 11 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
  Page 64
 
Item 12 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
  Page 64
 
Item 13 Exhibits, Lists and Reports on Form 8-K
  Page 65
 
Item 14 Controls And Procedures
  Page 65
 
Signatures
  Page 66
 
Certifications
  Page 68

3


 

Part 1

In addition to historical information, the following report contains forward looking statement that are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause the Corporation’s actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date of the report.

ITEM 1 – DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

General

Access National Corporation, (the “Corporation”) was organized April 17, 2002 under the laws of Virginia to operate as a bank holding company. Effective June 15, 2002, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated April 18, 2002 between the Corporation and Access National Bank (the “Bank”), the Corporation acquired all of the outstanding stock of the Bank in a statutory share exchange transaction.

The Bank was organized under federal law as a national banking corporation to engage in a general banking business to serve the communities in and around Northern Virginia Access National Bank opened for business on December1, 1999 at 14006 Lee-Jackson Memorial Highway in Chantilly, Virginia. The Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum amount provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Bank specializes in providing banking solutions and services to small and medium sized businesses, professionals, and associated individuals. The Bank provides its customers with personal service utilizing the latest technology and delivery channels.

On December 1,1999, the Bank acquired Access National Mortgage Corporation, formerly known as Mortgage Investment Corporation. Access National Mortgage Corporation is headquartered in Vienna, Virginia. Access National Mortgage Corporation specializes in the origination of conforming and non-conforming residential mortgages primarily in the greater Washington, D.C. Metropolitan Area. Access National Mortgage Corporation has established offices throughout Virginia, in Roanoke, Richmond, Fairfax, and Newport News. Offices outside the state of Virginia include, Westminster, Crofton, and Owings Mills, Maryland, Hollywood, Florida, and Chicago, Illinois.

On April 10, 2002 the Bank acquired Access National Leasing, formerly known as Commercial Finance Corporation. Access National Leasing is headquartered in Chantilly, Virginia and specializes in commercial equipment and electronics. The acquisition of the leasing company provides an additional service to the businesses and professionals that the Bank specializes in serving and generates an additional source of fee income.

Market Area

Access National Corporation, Access National Bank, Access National Mortgage Corporation, and Access National Leasing are headquartered in Fairfax County and serve the Northern Virginia region. Fairfax County is a diverse and thriving urban county. As the most populous jurisdiction in both Virginia and the Washington metropolitan area, the County’s population exceeds that of seven states. The median household income of Fairfax County is one of the highest in the nation. Northern Virginia had a population of 2.16 million according to the 2000 Census.

4


 

Competition

The Corporation’s only subsidiary, Access National Bank competes with virtually all banks and financial institutions, which offer services in its market area. Much of this competition comes from large financial institutions head quartered outside the state of Virginia, each of which have greater financial and other resources to conduct large advertising campaigns and to offer incentives. To attract business in this competitive environment, the Bank relies on personal contact by its officers and directors, local promotional activities, and the ability to provide personalized services. In addition to providing full service banking, the Bank offers and promotes alternative and modern conveniences such as internet banking, automated clearinghouse transactions and offers courier services for commercial clients.

Employees

At December 31, 2002 the Bank and its subsidiaries had 220 employees. Employee relations have been good.

Supervision and Regulation

Set forth below is a brief description of the material laws and regulations that affect the Corporation. The description of these statutes and regulations is only a summary and does not purport to be complete. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the statutes and regulations summarized below. No assurance can be given that these statutes or regulations will not change in the future.

General.    The Corporation is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which include, but are not limited to, the filing of annual, quarterly and other reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). As an Exchange Act reporting company, the Corporation is directly affected by the recently enacted Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOX”), which aimed at improving corporate governance and reporting procedures and requires expanded disclosure of the Corporation’s corporate operations and internal controls. The Corporation is already complying with new SEC and other rules and regulations implemented pursuant to the SOX and intends to comply with any applicable rules and regulations implemented in the future. Although the Corporation anticipates that it will incur additional expense in complying with the provisions of the SOX and the resulting regulations, management does not expect that such compliance will have a material impact on the Corporation’s financial condition or results of operations.

The Corporation is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, and is registered as such with, and subject to the supervision of, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (the “FRB”). Generally, a bank holding company is required to obtain the approval of the FRB before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, and before it may acquire ownership or control of the voting shares of any bank if, after giving effect to the acquisition, the bank holding company would own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. The FRB’s approval is also required for the merger or consolidation of bank holding companies.

The Corporation is required to file periodic reports with the FRB and provide any additional information as the FRB may require. The FRB also has the authority to examine the Corporation and the Bank, as well as any arrangements between the Corporation and the Bank, with the cost of any such examinations to be borne by the Corporation.

Banking subsidiaries of bank holding companies are also subject to certain restrictions imposed by Federal law in dealings with their holding companies and other affiliates. Subject to certain restrictions set forth in the Federal Reserve Act, a bank can loan or extend credit to an affiliate, purchase or invest in the securities of an affiliate, purchase assets from an affiliate or issue a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate, as long as the aggregate amount of such transactions of a bank and its subsidiaries with its affiliates does not exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of the bank on a per affiliate basis or 20% of the capital stock and surplus of the bank on an aggregate affiliate basis. In addition, such transactions must be on terms and conditions

5


 

that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. In particular, a bank and its subsidiaries generally may not purchase from an affiliate a low-quality asset, as defined in the Federal Reserve Act. These restrictions also prevent a bank holding company and its other affiliates from borrowing from a banking subsidiary of the bank holding company unless the loans are secured by marketable collateral of designated amounts. Additionally, the Corporation and its subsidiary are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or furnishing of services.

A bank holding company is prohibited from engaging in or acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in nonbanking activities. A bank holding company may, however, engage in or acquire an interest in a company that engages in activities which the FRB has determined by regulation or order are so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to banking. In making these determinations, the FRB considers whether the performance of such activities by a bank holding company would offer advantages to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects.

As a national bank, the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “Comptroller”). Each depositor’s account with the Bank is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) to the maximum amount permitted by law, which is currently $100,000 for each depositor. The Bank is also subject to certain regulations promulgated by the FRB and applicable provisions of Virginia law, insofar as they do not conflict with or are not preempted by Federal banking law.

The regulations of the FDIC, the Comptroller and FRB govern most aspects of the Corporation’s business, including deposit reserve requirements, investments, loans, certain check clearing activities, issuance of securities, payment of dividends, branching, deposit interest rate ceilings and numerous other matters. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities in the United States, the Corporation’s business is particularly susceptible to changes in state and Federal legislation and regulations, which may have the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting permissible activities or increasing competition.

Governmental Policies and Legislation.    Banking is a business that depends primarily on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest rates paid by the Corporation on its deposits and its other borrowings and the interest rates received by the Corporation on loans extended to its customers and securities held in its portfolio, comprise the major portion of the Corporation’s earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Corporation’s control. Accordingly, the Corporation’s growth and earnings are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment.

The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions, but is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government and

6


 

the policies of its regulatory agencies, particularly the FRB. The FRB implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial institutions subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits, and also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of bank holding companies, banks and other financial institutions are frequently made in Congress, in the Virginia Legislature and brought before various bank holding company and bank regulatory agencies. The likelihood of any major changes and the impact such changes might have are impossible to predict. Certain of the potentially significant changes that have been enacted recently by Congress or various regulatory or professional agencies are discussed below.

Dividends.    There are regulatory restrictions on dividend payments by both the Bank and the Corporation that may affect the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends on its Common Stock. See “Item 5. Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.”

Capital Requirements.    The FRB, the Comptroller and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies and banks. These capital adequacy regulations are based upon a risk-based capital determination, whereby a bank holding company’s capital adequacy is determined in light of the risk, both on- and off-balance sheet, contained in the company’s assets. Different categories of assets are assigned risk weightings and are counted at a percentage of their book value.

The regulations divide capital between Tier 1 capital (core capital) and Tier 2 capital. For a bank holding company, Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common stock, related surplus, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries and a limited amount of qualifying cumulative preferred securities. Goodwill and certain other intangibles are excluded from Tier 1 capital. Tier 2 capital consists of an amount equal to the allowance for loan and lease losses up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk weighted assets, limited other types of preferred stock not included in Tier 1 capital, hybrid capital instruments and term subordinated debt. Investments in and loans to unconsolidated banking and finance subsidiaries that constitute capital of those subsidiaries are excluded from capital. The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital constitutes qualifying total capital. The guidelines generally require banks to maintain a total qualifying capital to weighted risk assets level of 8% (the “Risk-based Capital Ratio”). Of the total 8%, at least 4% of the total qualifying capital to weighted risk assets (the “Tier 1 Risk-based Capital Ratio”) must be Tier 1 capital.

7


 

The FRB, the Comptroller and the FDIC have adopted leverage requirements that apply in addition to the risk-based capital requirements. Banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets (the “Leverage Ratio”) of at least 3.0% for the most highly-rated, financially sound banks and bank holding companies and a minimum Leverage Ratio of at least 4.0% for all other banks. The FDIC and the FRB define Tier 1 capital for banks in the same manner for both the Leverage Ratio and the Risk-based Capital Ratio. However, the FRB defines Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies in a slightly different manner. An institution may be required to maintain Tier 1 capital of at least 4% or 5%, or possibly higher, depending upon the activities, risks, rate of growth, and other factors deemed material by regulatory authorities. As of December 31, 2002, the Corporation and Bank both met all applicable capital requirements imposed by regulation.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”).    There are five capital categories applicable to insured institutions, each with specific regulatory consequences. If the appropriate Federal banking agency determines, after notice and an opportunity for hearing, that an insured institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition, it may reclassify the institution to the next lower capital category (other than critically undercapitalized) and require the submission of a plan to correct the unsafe or unsound condition. The Comptroller has issued regulations to implement these provisions. Under these regulations, the categories are:

     a.     Well Capitalized — The institution exceeds the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. A well capitalized institution is one (i) having a Risk-based Capital Ratio of 10% or greater, (ii) having a Tier 1 Risk-based Capital Ratio of 6% or greater, (iii) having a Leverage Ratio of 5% or greater and (iv) that is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.

     b.     Adequately Capitalized — The institution meets the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. No capital distribution may be made that would result in the institution becoming undercapitalized. An adequately capitalized institution is one (i) having a Risk-based Capital Ratio of 8% or greater, (ii) having a Tier 1 Risk-based Capital Ratio of 4% or greater and (iii) having a Leverage Ratio of 4% or greater or a Leverage Ratio of 3% or greater if the institution is rated composite 1 under the CAMELS (Capital, Assets, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to market risk) rating system.

     c.     Undercapitalized — The institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. An undercapitalized institution is one (i) having a Risk-based Capital Ratio of less than 8% or (ii) having a Tier 1 Risk-based Capital Ratio of less than 4% or (iii) having a Leverage Ratio of less than 4%, or if the institution is rated a composite 1 under the CAMEL rating system, a Leverage Ratio of less than 3%.

     d.     Significantly Undercapitalized — The institution is significantly below the

8


 

required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. A significantly undercapitalized institution is one (i) having a Risk-based Capital Ratio of less than 6% or (ii) having a Tier 1 Risk-based Capital Ratio of less than 3% or (iii) having a Leverage Ratio of less than 3%.

     e.     Critically Undercapitalized — The institution fails to meet a critical capital level set by the appropriate federal banking agency. A critically undercapitalized institution is one having a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

An institution which is less than adequately capitalized must adopt an acceptable capital restoration plan, is subject to increased regulatory oversight, and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities. Each company having control over an undercapitalized institution must provide a limited guarantee that the institution will comply with its capital restoration plan. Except under limited circumstances consistent with an accepted capital restoration plan, an undercapitalized institution may not grow. An undercapitalized institution may not acquire another institution, establish additional branch offices or engage in any new line of business unless determined by the appropriate Federal banking agency to be consistent with an accepted capital restoration plan, or unless the FDIC determines that the proposed action will further the purpose of prompt corrective action. The appropriate Federal banking agency may take any action authorized for a significantly undercapitalized institution if an undercapitalized institution fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails in any material respect to implement a plan accepted by the agency. A critically undercapitalized institution is subject to having a receiver or conservator appointed to manage its affairs and for loss of its charter to conduct banking activities.

An insured depository institution may not pay a management fee to a bank holding company controlling that institution or any other person having control of the institution if, after making the payment, the institution, would be undercapitalized. In addition, an institution cannot make a capital distribution, such as a dividend or other distribution that is in substance a distribution of capital to the owners of the institution if following such a distribution the institution would be undercapitalized. Thus, if payment of such a management fee or the making of such would cause the Bank to become undercapitalized, it could not pay a management fee or dividend to the Corporation.

As of December 31, 2002, both the Corporation and the Bank were considered “well capitalized.”

Deposit Insurance Assessments.    FDICIA also requires the FDIC to implement a risk-based assessment system in which the insurance premium relates to the probability that the deposit insurance fund will incur a loss and directs the FDIC to set semi-annual assessments in an amount necessary to increase the reserve ratio of the Bank Insurance Fund to at least 1.25% of insured deposits or a higher percentage as determined to be justified by the FDIC.

9


 

The FDIC has promulgated implementing regulations that base an institution’s risk category partly upon whether the institution is well capitalized (“1”), adequately capitalized (“2”) or less than adequately capitalized (“3”), as defined under the Prompt Corrective Action Regulations described above. In addition, each insured depository institution is assigned to one of three “supervisory subgroups.” Subgroup “A” institutions are financially sound institutions with few minor weaknesses, subgroup “B” institutions demonstrate weaknesses which, if not corrected, could result in significant deterioration, and subgroup “C” institutions are those as to which there is a substantial probability that the FDIC will suffer a loss in connection with the institution unless effective action is taken to correct the areas of weakness. Based on the current capital levels the Corporation is categorized as a well-capitalized institution.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLBA”) implemented major changes to the statutory framework for providing banking and other financial services in the United States. The GLBA, among other things, eliminated many of the restrictions on affiliations among banks and securities firms, insurance firms and other financial service providers. A bank holding company that qualifies as a financial holding company will be permitted to engage in activities that are financial in nature or incident or complimentary to financial activities. The activities that the GLBA expressly lists as financial in nature include insurance underwriting, sales and brokerage activities, providing financial and investment advisory services, underwriting services and limited merchant banking activities.

To become eligible for these expanded activities, a bank holding company must qualify as a financial holding company. To qualify as a financial holding company, each insured depository institution controlled by the bank holding company must be well-capitalized, well-managed and have at least a satisfactory rating under the CRA (discussed below). In addition, the bank holding company must file with the Federal Reserve a declaration of its intention to become a financial holding company. While the Corporation satisfies these requirements, the Corporation has not elected for various reasons to be treated as a financial holding company under the GLBA.

We do not believe that the GLBA will have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s or the Bank’s operations. To the extent that it allows banks, securities firms and insurance firms to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. The GLBA may have the result of increasing competition that we face from larger institutions and other companies offering financial products and services, many of which may have substantially greater financial resources.

The GLBA and certain new regulations issued by federal banking agencies also provide new protections against the transfer and use by financial institutions of consumer nonpublic personal information. A financial institution must provide to its customers, at the beginning of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. These privacy provisions generally prohibit a financial institution from providing a customer’s personal financial information to unaffiliated third parties

10


 

unless the institution discloses to the customer that the information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure.

Community Reinvestment Act.    The Bank is subject to the requirements of the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”). The CRA imposes on financial institutions an affirmative and ongoing obligation to meet the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those institutions. A financial institution’s efforts in meeting community credit needs currently is evaluated as part of the examination process pursuant to twelve assessment factors. These factors also are considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility.

USA PATRIOT Act .     The USA PATRIOT Act became effective on October 26, 2001 and provides for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering. Among other provisions, the USA PATRIOT Act permits financial institutions, upon providing notice to the United States Treasury, to share information with one another in order to better identify and report to the federal government concerning activities that may involve money laundering or terrorists’ activities. Interim rules implementing the USA PATRIOT Act were issued effective March 4, 2002. The USA PATRIOT Act is considered a significant banking law in terms of information disclosure regarding certain customer transactions. Although it does create a reporting obligation, the Bank does not expect the USA PATRIOT Act to materially affect its products, services or other business activities.

Reporting Terrorist Activities.    The Federal Bureau of Investigation (“FBI”) has sent, and will send, our banking regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks on New York City and Washington, DC. The Bank has been requested, and will be requested, to search its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those lists. If the Bank finds any relationships or transactions, it must file a suspicious activity report and contact the FBI.

The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which is a division of the Department of the Treasury is responsible for helping to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC has sent, and will send, our banking regulatory agencies lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts. If the Bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the FBI. The Bank has appointed an OFAC compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications. The Bank actively checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. The Bank performs these checks utilizing software, which is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.

11


 

Lending Activities

The Bank offers a variety of loan products to its target market. The primary focus is providing access to credit to small businesses and professionals in the greater Washington, D.C. Metropolitan Area and supporting the activities of our mortgage offices. These loans may be for temporary and seasonable working capital purposes, or to provide funding for the acquisition of fixed assets, such as owner-occupied real estate and furniture, fixtures and equipment. The Bank actively participates in loan programs offered by the U.S. Small Business Administration. In addition, the Bank offers residential mortgage products through its subsidiary Access National Mortgage Corporation.

The Bank’s lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by federal law. While differing limits apply in certain circumstances based on the type of loan, in general, the Bank’s lending limit to any one borrower on loans that are not fully secured by readily marketable or other permissible collateral is equal to 15% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. The Bank has established relationships with correspondent banks to participate in loans when loan amounts exceed the Bank’s legal lending limits or internal lending policies.

ITEM 2 — DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

The Corporation and Bank are headquartered at 14006 Lee Jackson Memorial HWY, Chantilly, VA.

The Bank subleases administrative space located at 4605 Brookfield Corporate Drive, Chantilly, VA.

Access National Mortgage Corp. is headquartered at 8233 Old Courthouse Road, Suite 300, Vienna, VA.

Access National Mortgage Corp. leases space located at 4502 Starkey Road, Suite 203, Roanoke, VA.

Access National Mortgage Corp. leases space located at 4605 Brookfield Corporate Drive, Chantilly, VA.

Access National Mortgage Corp. leases space located at 4601 Sheridan Street, suite 306, Hollywood, FL.

Access National Mortgage Corp. leases space located at 3600 Crondall Ln, suite 109, Owings Mills, MD.

Access National Mortgage Corp. leases space located at 1913 Huguenot Road, suite 101, Richmond, VA.

ITEM 3 – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Neither the Corporation nor the Bank is a party to any legal proceedings. There are no legal proceedings contemplated or threatened. From time to time the Bank may initiate legal actions against borrowers in connection with collecting defaulted loans. Such actions are not considered material by management unless otherwise disclosed.

ITEM 4 — SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

12


 

PART II

ITEM 5 – MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

The Corporation’s common stock is not listed on any exchange and is not actively traded. To date, only limited trading in the Corporation’s common stock has occurred. The stock prices listed reflects actual trades that occurred.

                                 
    2002   2001
 
    High   Low   High   Low
   
 
 
 
First Quarter
  $ 20.25     $ 20.00     $ 12.30     $ 12.00  
Second Quarter
  $ 22.00     $ 20.00     $ 14.00     $ 13.50  
Third Quarter
  $ 20.00     $ 19.00     $ 17.00     $ 17.00  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 26.00     $ 19.00     $ 20.51     $ 20.00  

The Corporation has not declared any cash dividends. Payments of dividends is at the discretion of the Bank’s Board of Directors, is subject to various federal and state, regulatory limitation, and is dependent upon the overall performance and capital requirements of the Corporation.

On April 10, 2002 the Bank issued 7,500 shares of common stock in exchange for 100% of the shares of Commercial Finance Corporation,(now known as Access National Leasing corporation).

On April15, 2002 Access National Bank sold 162,500 shares of its common stock under a Rights offering to existing shareholders and employees at a price of $18.00 per share and a par value of $5.00. A warrant for one share accompanied each share purchased. The warrants are exercisable immediately at an exercise price of $20.00 per share and expire two years from the date of issue.

ITEM 6 — MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis is intended to provide an overview of the significant factors affecting the financial condition and the results of operations of Access National Corporation and subsidiary (the “Corporation”) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with this discussion and analysis.

13


 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General

The Corporation’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). The financial information contained within our statements is, to a significant extent, financial information that is based on measures of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset or relieving a liability. Actual losses could differ significantly from the historical factors that we monitor. Additionally, GAAP itself may change from one previously acceptable method to another method. Although the economics of our transactions would be the same, the timing of events that would impact our transactions could change.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of the losses that may be sustained in our loan portfolio. The allowance is based on two basic principals of accounting: (i) SFAS 5 Accounting for Contingencies, which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and estimable and (ii) SFAS 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, which requires that losses be accrued based on the differences between the value of collateral, present value of future cash flows or values that are observable in the secondary market and the loan balance.

An allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses based upon industry standards, known risk characteristics, management’s evaluation of the risk inherent in the loan portfolio and changes in the nature and volume of loan activity. Such evaluation considers among other factors, the estimated market value of the underlying collateral, and current economic conditions.

Summary

Earnings increased 204% for the year ended December 31, 2002 to $2.7 million compared to $887 thousand for 2001. These record earnings are largely attributable to the significant growth occurring in both the Bank and its mortgage subsidiary. Return on average assets increased to 1.64% in 2002 from 0.98% in 2001. Return on average equity increased dramatically to 20.17% in 2002 from 8.75% in 2001 reflecting the strong earnings. Diluted earnings per share for 2002 was $2.16 up 167% from the $.81 reported last year. Pre tax income for 2002 was $4.1 million compared to $1.4 million in 2001.

14


 

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, the principal source of bank earnings, is the amount of income generated by earning assets (primarily loans and investment securities) less the interest expense incurred on interest bearing liabilities (primarily deposits used to fund earning assets). The management of the Bank strives to maximize net interest income through prudent balance sheet administration and maintaining appropriate risk levels as determined by Management. Table 1 summarizes the major components of net interest income for the past two years and also provides yields and average balances.

Net interest income increased in 2002 to $5.8 million compared to $3.1 million in 2001. The increase is primarily due to the growth in the average balances of earning assets resulting from the overall growth of the Corporation.

Interest income for 2002 increased to $10.1 million from $6.3 million in 2001. The increase in interest income reflects the growth in earning assets.

Interest expense increased in 2002 to $4.2 million compared to $3.2 million in 2001. The increase in interest expense is due primarily to the growth in interest bearing deposits, and other borrowings.

Non Interest Income

Non-interest income consists of revenue generated from a broad range of financial services and activities. Total non interest income was $22.5 million in 2002 compared to $11.1 million in 2001 The majority of this increase in is a result of gains from the sale of loans which increased from $9.8 million to $19.7 million in 2002.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense increased $830 thousand, a 157% increase over last year. Note 8 to the financial statements show the components of Federal Income tax.

Assets

Total assets of Access National Corporation grew to $240.3 million in 2002 from $132.1 million in 2001, an 82.0% increase. The increase in total assets is attributable to the growth in loans held for investment and loans held for sale. Average earning assets increased $68.8 million to $156.8 million, an increase of 78.2%, reflecting the growth in loans.

Loans

Total loans net of unearned income including average loans held for sale in the amount of $49.5 million averaged $137.7 million during 2002 compared to $73.6 million in 2001 representing an increase of 87.0% over last year. Loans held for investment totaled $114.8 million at December 31, 2002 compared to $68.7 million, an increase of $46.1 million. Table 6, The Loan Portfolio presents the major classifications and maturity distribution of loans held for investment at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

15


 

Investment Securities

The Corporation’s securities portfolio is comprised of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S Government Agency securities, and mortgage backed securities. At December 31, 2002, the securities portfolio totaled $15.6 million and was classified as available for sale. The Financial Accounting Standards Board requires that securities classified as available for sale be accounted for at fair market value. Unrealized gains and losses are recorded directly to a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The Corporation’s securities classified as available for sale had an unrealized gain net of deferred taxes of $94 thousand on December 31, 2002. Table 5, Securities Available for Sale presents the types, amounts and maturity distribution of the securities portfolio.

Deposits

Deposits are the primary source of funding loan growth. Average deposits totaled $131.6 million during 2002, a 94.3% increase over 2001. Deposits totaled $178.3 million on December 31, 2002, compared to $104.9 million on December 31, 2001, an increase of $73.4 million. Table 9, Average Deposits and Average Rates Paid, reflects the composition of deposits and interest rates.

Liquidity Management

Liquidity is the ability of the Corporation to convert assets into cash or cash equivalents without significant loss and to raise additional funds by increasing liabilities. Liquidity management involves maintaining the Corporation’s ability to meet the daily cash flow requirements of both depositors and borrowers.

Asset and liability management functions not only serve to assure adequate liquidity in order to meet the needs of the Corporation’s customers, but also to maintain an appropriate balance between interest sensitive assets and interest sensitive liabilities so that the Corporation can earn an appropriate return for its shareholders.

The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through loan principal repayments and maturities of investment securities. Other short-term investment such as Federal Funds sold and maturing interest bearing deposits with other banks are additional sources of liquidity funding.

The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity through various interest bearing and non interest bearing deposit accounts, Federal Funds purchased, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other short-term borrowings.

The Corporation funded the growth in interest earning assets through a combination of non-interest bearing deposits, interest bearing deposits and borrowed funds. Table 12 Borrowed Funds, shows the composition of borrowed funds.

16


 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Management

The Corporation’s net interest income and the fair value of its financial instruments, are influenced by changes in the level of interest rates. The Corporation manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies established by its Asset/Liability Committee. The Asset Liability Committee meets periodically and has responsibility for formulating and implementing strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and earnings and reviewing interest rate sensitivity. Table 11, Interest Sensitivity Analysis reflects the maturity or re-pricing of assets and liabilities.

Capital Resources

Shareholder’s equity increased $5.8 million during 2002, primarily due to an increase in retained earnings and the sale and issuance of 162,500 shares of common stock in a rights offering to shareholders.

A strong capital position is vital to the continued profitability of the Corporation. It also promotes depositor and investor confidence and provides a solid foundation for the future growth of the organization.

Banking regulators have defined minimum regulatory capital rations that the Corporation and the Bank are required to maintain. These risk based capital guidelines take into consideration risk factors, as defined by the banking regulators, associated with various categories of assets, both on and off the balance sheet. Both the Corporation and Bank are classified as “Well Capitalized”, which is the highest rating. Table 13 Risk Based Capital Analysis, outlines the regulatory components of capital and risk based capital ratios.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

A bank’s asset and liability structure is substantially different from that of a non financial company in that virtually all assets and liabilities of a bank are monetary in nature. The impact of inflation on the Bank's financial results depends upon the Bank’s ability to react to changes in interest rates and, by such reaction, reduce the inflationary impact on performance. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, or at the same magnitude, as the prices of other goods and services. Management seeks to manage the relationship between interest-sensitive assets and liabilities in order to protect against wide interest rate fluctuations, including those resulting from inflation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December, 2001, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position 01-6, Accounting by Certain Entities (Including Entities with Trade Receivables) That Lend to or Finance the Activities of Others, to reconcile and conform the accounting and financial reporting provisions established by various AICPA industry audit guides. This Statement is effective for annual and interim financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, and did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.

17


 

On March 13, 2002, the Financial Accounting Standard Board determined that commitments for the origination of mortgage loans that will be held for sale must be accounted for as derivatives instruments, effective for fiscal quarters beginning after April 10, 2002. The Bank enters into commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding. Such rate lock commitments on mortgage loans to be sold in the secondary market are considered derivatives. Accordingly, these commitments including any fees received from the potential borrower are recorded at fair value in derivative assets or liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in the net gain or loss on sale of mortgage loans. Fair value is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, and for fixed-rate commitments also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The cumulative effect of adopting Statement No. 133 for rate lock commitments as of December 31, 2002, was not material. The Corporation originally adopted Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities on January 1, 2001.

In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement 145, Rescission of FASB No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections. The amendment to Statement 13 eliminates an inconsistency between the required accounting for sale-leaseback transactions and the required accounting for certain lease modifications that have economic effects that are similar to sale-leaseback transactions. This Statement also amends other existing authoritative pronouncements to make various technical corrections, clarify meanings, or describe their applicability under changed conditions. The provisions of this Statement related to the rescission of Statement 4 shall be applied in fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. The provisions of this Statement related to Statement 13 are effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002, with early application encouraged.

In June 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities. This Statement requires recognition of a liability, when incurred, for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity. The liability should be measured at fair value. The provisions of the Statement are effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002.

Effective January 1, 2002, the Corporation adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Accordingly, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life, but is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair value based test. Additionally, Statement 142 requires that acquired intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) be separately recognized if the benefit of the asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged, and amortized over their estimated useful life. Branch acquisition transactions were outside the scope of the Statement and therefore any intangible asset arising from such transactions remained subject to amortization over their estimated useful life.

In October 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions. The Statement amends previous interpretive guidance on the application of the purchase method of accounting to acquisitions of financial institutions, and requires the application of Statement No. 141, Business Combinations, and Statement No. 142 to branch acquisitions if such transactions meet the definition of a business combination. The provisions of the Statement do not apply to transactions between two or more mutual enterprises. In addition, the Statement amends Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, to include in its scope core deposit intangibles of financial institutions. Accordingly, such intangibles are subject to a recoverability test based on undiscounted cash flows, and to the impairment recognition and measurement provisions required for

18


 

other long-lived assets held and used.

The adoption of Statement No. 142, 145, 146 and 147 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of Statement No. 123, in December 2002. The Statement amends Statement No. 123 to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, the Statement amends the disclosure requirements of Statement 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. Finally, this Statement amends APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting, to require disclosure about the effects of stock options in interim financial information. The amendments to Statement No. 123 are effective for financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The amendments to APB No. 28 are effective for financial reports containing condensed financial statements for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. Early application is encouraged for both amendments. The Corporation continues to record stock options under APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and has not adopted the alternative methods allowable under Statement No. 148.

Statistical Information

The following statistical information is provided pursuant to the requirements of Guide 3, promulgated by the Securities Act of 1933:

19


 

Table 1
Summary Financial Data

                   
      Year Ended
      December 31,
      2002   2001
     
 
Income Statement Data:
               
 
Net interest income
  $ 5,848,269     $ 3,114,985  
 
Provision for loan losses
    841,337       719,893  
 
Non-interest income
    22,493,642       11,081,735  
 
Non-interest expense
    23,446,695       12,060,313  
 
Income taxes
    1,359,139       529,371  
 
 
 
Net income
  $ 2,694,740     $ 887,143  
 
 
Per Share Data: (1)
               
 
Earnings per share, basic
  $ 2.45     $ 0.89  
 
Earnings per share, assuming dilution
  $ 2.16     $ 0.81  
 
Cash dividends declared
           
 
Book value at period end
    13.92       10.47  
Balance Sheet Data:
               
 
Total assets
  $ 240,348,106     $ 132,068,992  
 
Loans held for sale
    93,852,159       38,615,025  
 
Total loans
    114,835,610       68,736,130  
 
Total securities
    15,637,141       10,582,376  
 
Total deposits
    178,251,273       104,875,706  
 
Shareholders’ equity
    16,291,330       10,465,243  
 
Average shares outstanding, basic (1)
    1,099,000       1,000,000  
 
Average shares outstanding, diluted (1)
    1,246,344       1,096,998  
Performance Ratios:
               
 
Return on average assets
    1.64 %     0.98 %
 
Return on average equity
    20.17 %     8.75 %
 
Net interest margin (2)
    3.73 %     3.54 %
Asset Quality Ratios:
               
 
Allowance to period end loans
    1.78 %     1.73 %
 
Allowance to nonperforming loans
          127.87 %
 
Net charge-offs to average loans
          0.01 %
Capital Ratios:
               
 
Tier I risk-based capital
    9.67 %     10.96 %
 
Total risk-based capital
    13.33 %     12.20 %
 
Leverage capital ratio
    6.48 %     8.91 %
 
Total equity to total assets
    6.78 %     7.92 %

(1)   Restated for a 10 for 1 stock split declared in April 2001.
 
(2)   Net interest income divided by total average earning assets.

20


 

Table 2
Average Balances, Interest Income and Expense and Average Yield and Rates

                                                       
          Period Ended December 31,
         
          2002   2001
         
 
          Average   Income /   Yield /   Average   Income /   Yield /
          Balance   Expense   Rate   Balance   Expense   Rate
         
Assets:
                                               
Interest earning assets:
                                               
   
Securities
  $ 9,384,094     $ 393,035       4.19 %   $ 6,650,252     $ 372,604       5.60 %
   
Loans
    137,654,167       9,531,038       6.92 %     73,603,965       5,697,515       7.74 %
   
Interest bearing deposits
    8,711,280       143,775       1.65 %     7,146,703       255,806       3.58 %
   
Federal funds sold
    1,043,112       17,196       1.65 %     566,603       23,355       4.12 %
         
     
Total interest earning assets
    156,792,653       10,085,044       6.43 %     87,967,523       6,349,280       7.22 %
Non-interest earning assets:
                                               
   
Cash and due from banks
    5,876,949                       2,133,187                  
   
Premises and equipment
    580,041                       426,496                  
   
Other assets
    2,575,215                       943,766                  
   
Less: allowance for loan losses
    (1,325,369 )                     (749,091 )                
 
   
                     
                 
     
Total non-interest earning assets
    7,706,836                       2,754,358                  
 
   
                     
                 
Total Assets
  $ 164,499,489                     $ 90,721,881                  
 
   
                     
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
                                               
Interest bearing liabilities:
                                               
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 7,383,910     $ 165,340       2.24 %   $ 2,457,710     $ 71,387       2.90 %
 
Money market deposit accounts
    11,884,162       270,215       2.27 %     5,910,445       202,856       3.43 %
 
Savings accounts
    393,702       4,531       1.15 %     481,294       10,379       2.16 %
 
Time deposits
    77,796,866       3,306,541       4.25 %     41,412,471       2,446,132       5.91 %
         
     
Total interest-bearing deposits
    97,458,640       3,746,627       3.84 %     50,261,920       2,730,754       5.43 %
 
FHLB Advances
    8,838,527       207,370       2.35 %     883,151       49,292       5.58 %
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    2,163,402       23,555       1.09 %     2,905,970       87,010       2.99 %
 
Other short-term borrowings
    4,477,171       157,048       3.51 %     7,811,490       367,239       4.70 %
 
Trust Preferred Debenture
    1,666,666       102,175       6.13 %                  
         
     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    114,604,406       4,236,775       3.70 %     61,862,531       3,234,295       5.23 %
         
Non-interest bearing liabilities:
                                               
 
Demand deposits
  $ 34,092,729                       17,454,627                  
 
Other liabilities
    2,441,194                       1,265,277                  
 
   
                     
                 
     
Total liabilities
    151,138,329                       80,582,435                  
Shareholders’ Equity
    13,361,160                       10,139,446                  
 
   
                     
                 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
  $ 164,499,489                     $ 90,721,881                  
 
   
                     
                 
Interest Spread
                    2.73 %                     1.99 %
 
                   
                     
 
Net Interest Margin
          $ 5,848,269       3.73 %           $ 3,114,985       3.54 %
 
           
     
             
     
 

(1)   Interest spread is the average yield earned on earning assets, less the average rate incurred on interest bearing liabilities.
 
(2)   Net interest margin is net interest income, expressed as a percentage of average earning assets.
 
(3)   The bank had no nonaccruing loans for the periods presented.

21


 

Table 3
Average Asset Mix

                                 
    Average   %   Average   %
    Balance     Balance  
    2002     2001  
Earning Assets:
                               
Loans Held for Investment
  $ 88,066       53.54 %   $ 47,259       52.09 %
Loans Held for Sale
    49,588       30.14 %     26,345       29.04 %
Investment securities
    9,384       5.70 %     6,650       7.33 %
Federal Funds Sold
    1,043       0.63 %     567       0.62 %
Interest-Bearing Bank Balances
    8,711       5.30 %     7,147       7.88 %
 
   
     
     
     
 
Total Earning Assets
  $ 156,792       95.31 %     87,968       96.96 %
 
   
     
     
     
 
Non-Earning Assets:
                               
Cash & Due from Banks
  $ 5,877       3.57 %   $ 2,133       2.35 %
Premises and Equipment
    580       0.35 %     426       0.47 %
Other Assets
    2,575       1.57 %     944       1.04 %
Less: Allowance for Loan Loss
    (1,325 )     -0.81 %     (749 )     -0.83 %
 
   
     
     
     
 
Total Non-Earning Assets
  $ 7,707       5.49 %     2,754       3.86 %
 
   
     
     
     
 
Total Assets
  $ 164,499       100.00 %   $ 90,722       100.00 %
 
   
     
     
     
 

22


 

Table 4
Volume and Rate Analysis

                             
        Years Ended December 31,
        2002 compared to 2001
       
        Change Due To:
       
        Increase /                
        (Decrease)   Volume   Rate
       
 
 
Interest Earning Assets:
                       
 
Investments
  $ 20,431     $ 128,841     $ (108,410 )
 
Loans
    3,833,523       4,494,078       (660,555 )
 
Interest bearing deposits
    (112,031 )     47,376       (159,407 )
 
Federal funds sold
    (6,159 )     12,734       (18,893 )
 
 
Total Increase (Decrease) in Interest Income
    3,735,764       4,683,029       (947,265 )
Interest Bearing Liabilities:
                       
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    93,953       113,489       (19,536 )
 
Money market deposit accounts
    67,359       153,294       (85,935 )
 
Savings accounts
    (5,848 )     (1,624 )     (4,224 )
 
Time deposits
    860,409       1,694,169       (833,760 )
 
 
   
Total interest-bearing deposits
    1,015,873       1,959,328       (943,455 )
 
FHLB Advances
    158,078       202,119       (44,041 )
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    (63,455 )     (18,304 )     (45,151 )
 
Trust Preferred Debenture
    102,175       102,175        
 
Other short-term borrowings
    (210,191 )     (132,007 )     (78,184 )
 
 
Total Increase (Decrease) in Interest Expense
    1,002,480       2,113,311       (1,110,831 )
Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income
  $ 2,733,284     $ 2,569,718     $ 163,566  
 
 

23


 

Table 5
Securities Available for Sale
Maturity Distribution and Average Yields

                   
      December 31,
      2002   2001
     
 
Available For Sale Securities
               
 
US Treasury Securities
  $ 1,716,000     $ 1,615,500  
 
US Government Agency Securities
    3,012,243       8,496,876  
 
Mortgage Backed Securities
    9,114,798        
 
Other
    1,794,100       470,000  
 
 
Total Securities
  $ 15,637,141     $ 10,582,376  
 
 
                                                                 
    December 31, 2002
   
                    After One   After Five                
    Within   Year but Within   Years but Within                
    One Year   Five Years   Ten Years                
   
               
    Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Total   Yield
   
Availiable For Sale Securities (1)
                                                               
   US Treasury Securities
  $           $ 1,716,000       3.79 %   $           $ 1,716,000       3.79 %
   US Government Agency Securities
                3,012,243       4.53 %                 3,012,243       4.53 %
   Mortgage Backed Securities
                921,466       4.64 %     8,193,332       4.92 %     9,114,798       4.78 %
 
 
Total Securities
  $           $ 5,649,709       4.32 %   $ 8,193,332       4.92 %   $ 13,843,041       4.60 %
 
 

(1)   Excludes Federal Reserve Bank Stock of $300,000 and FHLB Stock of $1,494,100.

24


 

Table 6
Loan Portfolio

                                 
    December 31,
    2002   2001
   
    Amount   Percentage   Amount   Percentage
   
Commercial
  $ 17,324       15.09 %   $ 9,115       13.26 %
Commercial real estate
    44,048       38.36 %     27,002       39.28 %
Real estate construction
    10,057       8.76 %     10,821       15.74 %
Residential real estate
    42,625       37.12 %     19,906       28.96 %
Consumer
    782       0.68 %     1,892       2.75 %
 
 
Total loans
  $ 114,836       100.00 %   $ 68,736       100.00 %
 
 

Loan Maturity Distribution

                                   
      December 31, 2001
     
      One Year or   After One Year   After        
      Less   Through Five Years   Five Years   Total
     
      (Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
  $ 7,457     $ 8,180     $ 1,687     $ 17,324  
Real estate construction
    7,514       2,543             10,057  
 
 
Total
  $ 14,971     $ 10,723     $ 1,687     $ 27,381  
 
 
Loans with:
                               
 
Fixed Rates
  $ 14,745     $ 13,270     $ 3,024     $ 31,039  
 
Variable Rates
    52,057       30,210       1,530       83,797  
 
 
 
  $ 66,802     $ 43,480     $ 4,554     $ 114,836  
 
 

25


 

Table 7
Allowance for Loan Losses

                   
      December 31,
      2002   2001
     
Balance, beginning of period
  $ 1,192,202     $ 489,000  
Provision for loan losses
    841,337       719,893  
Chargeoffs:
               
 
Commerical
          16,691  
 
Real estate
           
 
Consumer
           
 
 
Total chargeoffs
          16,691  
Recoveries:
               
 
Commerical
    15,000        
 
Real estate
           
 
Consumer
           
 
 
Total recoveries
    15,000        
 
 
Net chargeoffs
    (15,000 )     16,691  
 
 
Balance, end of period
  $ 2,048,539     $ 1,192,202  
 
 

The Corporation places a loan on non-accrual status when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collections efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that full collection of principal and interest is doubtful, or when the loan is past due for 90 days or more, unless the debt is both well-secured and in the process of collection.

At December 31, 2002 the Corporation had no non-accrual loans and no troubled debt restructurings. The same was true at December 31, 2001.

At December 31, 2002 there were no loans past due 90 days or more.

26


 

Table 8
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

                 
    December 31,
    2002   2001
   
    Allowance   Allowance
    (in thousands)   (in thousands)
Commercial
  $ 310,958     $ 243,678  
Commercial real estate
    796,498       467,137  
Real estate construction
    158,326       228,980  
Residential real estate
    768,564       171,995  
Consumer
    14,193       80,412  
 
 
 
  $ 2,048,539     $ 1,192,202  
 
 

27


 

Table 9
Average Deposits and Average Rates Paid

                                                     
        December 31,
       
        2002   2001
       
        Average   Income /   Yield /   Average   Income /   Yield /
Interest bearing liabilities:   Balance   Expense   Rate   Balance   Expense   Rate
       
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 7,383,910     $ 165,340       2.24 %   $ 2,457,710     $ 71,387       2.90 %
 
Money market deposit accounts
    11,884,162       270,215       2.27 %     5,910,445       202,856       3.43 %
 
Savings accounts
    393,702       4,531       1.15 %     481,294       10,379       2.16 %
 
Time deposits
    77,796,866       3,306,541       4.25 %     41,412,471       2,446,132       5.91 %
 
   
     
             
     
         
   
Total interest-bearing deposits
    97,458,640       3,746,627       3.84 %     50,261,920       2,730,754       5.43 %
 
Non-interest bearing deposits
    34,092,729                       17,454,627                  
 
   
                     
                 
Total deposits
  $ 131,551,369                     $ 67,716,547                  
 
   
                     
                 

Certificate of Deposit Maturity Distribution

                                   
      December 31, 2002
     
      Three Months or   Three Months to   Over        
      Less   Twelve Months   Twelve Months   Total
     
Certificates of deposit:
                               
 
Less than $100,000
  $ 10,088,584     $ 17,335,678     $ 33,740,805     $ 61,165,067  
 
Greater than or equal to $100,000
    18,461,627       6,033,595       9,655,986       34,151,208  
 
 
 
  $ 28,550,211     $ 23,369,273     $ 43,396,791     $ 95,316,275  
 
 
                                   
      December 31, 2001
     
      Three Months or   Three Months to   Over        
      Less   Twelve Months   Twelve Months   Total
     
Certificates of deposit:
                               
 
Less than $100,000
  $ 7,839,839     $ 20,053,598     $ 16,987,343     $ 44,880,780  
 
Greater than or equal to $100,000
    4,442,694       9,565,054       4,992,907       19,000,655  
 
 
 
  $ 12,282,533     $ 29,618,652     $ 21,980,250     $ 63,881,435  
 
 

28


 

Table 10
Return on Average Assets and Return on Average Equity

                 
    December 31,
    2002   2001
   
Average total assets
  $ 164,499,489     $ 90,721,881  
 
 
Average shareholders’ equity
  $ 13,361,160     $ 10,139,446  
 
 
Net income
  $ 2,694,740     $ 887,143  
 
 
Cash dividends declared
  $     $  
 
 
Return on average assets
    1.64 %     0.98 %
 
 
Return on average shareholders’ equity
    20.17 %     8.75 %
 
 
Average shareholders’ equity to average total assets
    8.12 %     11.18 %
 
 

29


 

Table 11
Interest Sensitivity Analysis

                                               
          December 31, 2002
         
          Maturing or Repricing
         
          Within   4 - 12   1 - 5   Over        
          3 Months   Months   Years   5 Years   Total
         
          (Dollars in thousands)
Interest Earning Assets:
                                       
 
Securities
  $     $     $ 7,444     $ 8,193     $ 15,637  
 
Loans held for sale
    93,852                         93,852  
 
Loans
    52,944       13,858       43,480       4,554       114,836  
 
Interest bearing deposits
    7,039                         7,039  
 
Federal funds sold
    19                         19  
 
 
     
Total interest earning assets
  $ 153,854     $ 13,858     $ 50,924     $ 12,747     $ 231,383  
Interest bearing liabilities:
                                       
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 6,023     $     $     $     $ 6,023  
 
Money market deposit accounts
    15,265                         15,265  
 
Savings accounts
    294                         294  
 
Time deposits & IRAs
    28,550       23,369       42,806       591       95,316  
 
 
     
Total interest-bearing deposits
  $ 50,132     $ 23,369     $ 42,806     $ 591     $ 116,898  
 
FHLB Advances
    28,882             1,000             29,882  
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    2,740                         2,740  
 
Other short-term borrowings
    3,763                         3,763  
 
Trust Preferred Debt
                4,000             4,000  
 
 
     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 85,517     $ 23,369     $ 43,806     $ 591     $ 153,283  
 
 
Period Gap
  $ 68,337     $ (9,511 )   $ 7,118     $ 12,156     $ 78,100  
 
 
Cumulative Gap
  $ 68,337     $ 58,826     $ 65,944     $ 78,100     $ 78,100  
 
 
Cumulative Gap / Total Assets
    28.43 %     24.48 %     27.44 %     32.49 %     32.49 %
 
 

30


 

Table 12
Borrowed Funds Distribution

                 
    December 31,
    2002   2001
   
At Period End
               
FHLB Advances
  $ 29,881,876     $ 1,050,000  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    2,740,073       1,679,088  
Trust Preferred Debenture
    4,000,000        
Other borrowed funds
    3,762,679       12,143,287  
 
 
Total at period end
  $ 40,384,628     $ 14,872,375  
 
 
Average Balances
               
FHLB Advances
  $ 8,838,527     $ 883,151  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    2,163,402       2,905,970  
Trust Preferred Debenture
    1,666,666        
Other borrowed funds
    4,477,171       7,811,490  
 
 
Total average balance
  $ 17,145,766     $ 11,600,611  
 
 
Average rate paid on all borrowed funds
    3.69 %     4.34 %
 
 

31


 

Table 13
Risk Based Capital Analysis

                   
      December 31,
      2002   2001
     
      (Dollars in thousands)
Tier 1 Capital:
               
 
Common stock
  $ 5,850     $ 5,000  
 
Capital surplus
    7,149       5,000  
 
Retained earnings
    3,199       505  
 
Disallowed Goodwill & Intangibles
    (245 )      
 
 
Total tier 1 capital
    15,953       10,505  
 
               
Tier 2 Capital:
               
 
Subordinated Debt
    4,000        
 
Allowance for loan losses
    2,048       1,192  
 
 
Total Risk Based Capital
  $ 22,001     $ 11,697  
 
 
Risk weighted assets
  $ 165,005     $ 95,841  
 
 
Quarterly average assets
  $ 246,066     $ 117,926  
 
 
                         
                    Regulatory
Capital Ratios:                   Minimum
                 
   Tier 1 risk based capital ratio
    9.67 %     10.96 %     4.00 %
   Total risk based capital ratio
    13.33 %     12.20 %     8.00 %
   Leverage ratio
    6.48 %     8.91 %     4.00 %

32


 

ITEM 7 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ACCESS NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2002 and 2001

                         
Assets   2002   2001
 
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 5,765,468     $ 2,988,744  
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
    7,038,686       9,292,508  
Federal funds sold
    19,000       596,000  
Securities available for sale, at fair value
    15,637,141       10,582,376  
Loans held for sale
    93,852,159       38,615,025  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 2002, $2,048,539; 2001, $1,192,202
    112,787,071       67,543,928  
Premises and equipment
    622,642       550,199  
Other assets
    4,625,939       1,900,212  
 
   
     
 
       
Total assets
  $ 240,348,106     $ 132,068,992  
 
   
     
 
     
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
Liabilities
               
 
Deposits
               
   
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 61,352,599     $ 25,145,348  
   
Savings and interest-bearing deposits
    21,582,399       15,848,923  
   
Time deposits
    95,316,275       63,881,435  
 
   
     
 
       
Total deposits
    178,251,273       104,875,706  
 
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    2,740,074       1,679,088  
 
FHLB borrowings
    29,881,877       1,050,000  
 
Other short-term borrowings
    3,762,679       12,143,287  
 
Trust preferred capital notes
    4,000,000       - -  
 
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
    5,420,873       1,855,668  
 
Commitments and contingent liabilities
    - -       - -  
 
   
     
 
       
Total liabilities
    224,056,776       121,603,749  
 
   
     
 
Shareholders’ Equity
               
 
Common stock, par value, $5.00; authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 2002, 1,170,000 shares, 2001, 1,000,000 shares
    5,850,000       5,000,000  
 
Surplus
    7,148,274       5,000,000  
 
Retained earnings
    3,199,478       504,738  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    93,578       (39,495 )
 
   
     
 
       
Total shareholders’ equity
    16,291,330       10,465,243  
 
   
     
 
       
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 240,348,106     $ 132,068,992  
 
   
     
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

33


 

ACCESS NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Income
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001

                     
        2002   2001
       
 
Interest and Dividend Income
               
 
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 9,531,038     $ 5,697,515  
 
Interest on federal funds sold
    17,196       23,355  
 
Interest on deposits in other banks
    143,775       255,806  
 
Interest and dividends on securities, taxable
    393,035       372,604  
 
   
     
 
   
Total interest and dividend income
    10,085,044       6,349,280  
 
   
     
 
Interest Expense
               
 
Interest on deposits
    3,746,627       2,730,754  
 
Interest on securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    23,555       87,010  
 
Interest on FHLB borrowings
    207,370       49,292  
 
Interest on other short-term borrowings
    157,048       367,239  
 
Interest on long term borrowings
    102,175       - -  
 
   
     
 
   
Total interest expense
    4,236,775       3,234,295  
 
   
     
 
   
Net interest income
    5,848,269       3,114,985  
 
Provision for loan losses
    841,337       719,893  
 
   
     
 
   
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    5,006,932       2,395,092  
 
   
     
 
Noninterest Income
               
 
Service fees on deposit accounts
    107,936       31,431  
 
Fees on Loans Held for Sale
    19,736,907       9,812,625  
 
Other income
    2,648,799       1,237,679  
 
   
     
 
   
Total noninterest income
    22,493,642       11,081,735  
 
   
     
 
Noninterest Expense
               
 
Salaries and employee benefits
    14,312,465       7,651,493  
 
Occupancy expense
    632,500       394,993  
 
Furniture and equipment expense
    610,362       324,168  
 
Other operating expenses
    7,891,368       3,689,659  
 
   
     
 
   
Total noninterest expense
    23,446,695       12,060,313  
 
   
     
 
   
Income before income taxes
    4,053,879       1,416,514  
Income Taxes
    1,359,139       529,371  
 
   
     
 
   
Net income
  $ 2,694,740     $ 887,143  
 
   
     
 
Earnings per share, basic
  $ 2.45     $ 0.89  
 
   
     
 
Earnings per share, assuming dilution
  $ 2.16     $ 0.81  
 
   
     
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

34


 

ACCESS NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001

                                                     
                                Accumulated                
                                Other                
                        Retained   Compre-   Compre-        
        Common           Earnings   hensive   hensive        
        Stock   Surplus   (Deficit)   Income (Loss)   Income   Total
       
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2000
  $ 5,000,000     $ 5,000,000     $ (382,405 )   $ 13,065             $ 9,630,660  
 
Comprehensive income:
                                               
   
Net income
    - -       - -       887,143       - -     $ 887,143       887,143  
   
Other comprehensive (loss), unrealized holdings losses arising during the period (net of tax, $20,344)
    - -       - -       - -       (52,560 )     (52,560 )     (52,560 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total comprehensive income
                                  $ 834,583          
 
                                   
         
Balance, December 31, 2001
  $ 5,000,000     $ 5,000,000     $ 504,738     $ (39,495 )           $ 10,465,243  
   
Issuance of Common Stock
    850,000       2,148,274       - -       - -       - -       2,998,274  
 
Comprehensive income:
                                               
   
Net income
    - -       - -       2,694,740       - -       2,694,740       2,694,740  
   
Other comprehensive (loss), unrealized holdings losses arising during the period (net of tax, $48,205)
    - -       - -       - -       133,073       133,073       133,073  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
  $ 5,850,000     $ 7,148,274     $ 3,199,478     $ 93,578     $ 2,827,813     $ 16,291,330  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

35


 

ACCESS NATIONAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001

                         
            2002   2001
           
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
               
 
Net income
  $ 2,694,740     $ 887,143  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) operating activities:
               
   
Provision for loan losses
    841,337       719,893  
   
Deferred tax (benefit)
    (410,602 )     (280,616 )
   
Net amortization (accretion) on securities
    46,418       (23,532 )
   
Depreciation
    202,385       169,523  
   
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
     
(Increase) in loans held for sale
    (55,237,134 )     (28,745,760 )
     
(Increase) in other assets
    (2,383,673 )     (903,882 )
     
Increase in other liabilities
    3,715,205       1,180,812  
 
   
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) operating activities
    (50,531,324 )     (26,996,419 )
 
   
     
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
               
 
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available for sale
    12,603,525       17,552,010  
 
Purchases of securities available for sale
    (17,503,086 )     (24,174,929 )
 
Decrease in federal funds sold
    577,000       4,569,000  
 
Net (increase) in loans
    (46,084,480 )     (38,095,116 )
 
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (274,829 )     (260,227 )
 
   
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) investing activities
    (50,681,870 )     (40,409,262 )
 
   
     
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
               
 
Net increase in demand, interest-bearing demand and savings deposits
    41,940,727       22,360,010  
 
Net increase in time deposits
    31,434,840       41,751,324  
 
Increase in securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    1,060,986       110,833  
 
Net increase in FHLB borrowings
    28,831,877       1,050,000  
 
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
    (8,380,608 )     12,143,287  
 
Increase in trust preferred capital notes
    4,000,000       - -  
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    2,848,274       - -  
 
   
     
 
       
Net cash provided by financing activities
    101,736,096       77,415,454  
 
   
     
 
       
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    522,902       10,009,773  
Cash and Cash Equivalents
               
 
Beginning
    12,281,252       2,271,479  
 
   
     
 
 
Ending
  $ 12,804,154     $ 12,281,252  
 
   
     
 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
               
 
Cash payments for interest
  $ 4,229,027     $ 3,159,538  
 
   
     
 
 
Cash payments for income taxes
  $ 578,165     $ 582,131  
 
   
     
 
Supplemental Disclosures of Noncash Investing Activities
               
 
Issuance of common stock in exchange for net assets in acquisition
  $ 150,000     $ - -  
 
   
     
 
 
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale
  $ 201,622     $ (72,904 )
 
   
     
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

36


 

ACCESS NATIONAL CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  Principles of Consolidation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Access National Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Access National Bank and Access National Capital Trust I. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and reporting policies of Access National Corporation and subsidiary (the “Corporation”) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to predominant practices within the banking industry.
 
  Nature of Operations - Access National Corporation is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. The Corporation owns all of the stock of its sole subsidiary, Access National Bank (the “Bank”), which is an independent commercial bank chartered under federal laws as a national banking association. The Bank offers a wide range of banking services available to both individuals and businesses.
 
  Access National Bank has two wholly-owned subsidiaries: Access National Mortgage, a mortgage banking company and Access Leasing, a leasing company. Access Leasing was acquired in exchange for 7,500 shares of Access National Bank stock in the second quarter of 2002.
 
  Securities — Debt securities that management has both the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and are recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income.
 
  Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. All securities were classified as available for sale at December 31, 2002 and 2001.
 
  Loans - The Bank grants commercial, real estate, and consumer loans to customers in the community in and around Northern Virginia. The loan portfolio is well diversified and generally is collateralized by assets of the customers. The loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow or proceeds from the sale of selected assets of the borrowers. The ability of the Bank’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in the Bank’s market area.

37


 

  Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances less the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.
 
  The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans and other loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.
 
  All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all of the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
 
  Loans Held for Sale - Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Fair value considers commitment agreements with investors and prevailing market prices. Substantially all loans originated by Access National Mortgage Corporation are held for sale to outside investors.
 
  Allowance for Loan Losses - The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
 
  The allowance represents an amount that, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb any losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans while taking into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions which may affect a borrower’s ability to repay, overall portfolio quality, and review of specific potential losses. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
 
  The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as doubtful, substandard or special mention. For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

38


 

  A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable hat the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
 
  Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.
 
  Rate Lock Commitments – Access National Mortgage enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 60 to 120 days. The Mortgage Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the Company commits to sell a loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on the loan. As a result, the Company is not exposed to losses nor will it realize significant gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. The correlation between the rate lock commitments and the best efforts contracts is very high due to their similarity.
 
  The market value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts is not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not actively traded in stand-alone markets. The Mortgage Company determines the fair value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts by measuring the change in the value of the underlying asset while taking into consideration the probability that the rate lock commitments will close. Because of the high correlation between rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts, no gain or loss occurs on the rate lock commitments.
 
  The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS 133 for rate lock commitments as of October 1, 2002 was not material.

39


 

  Premises and Equipment - Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Premises and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives; leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective leases or the estimated useful life of the leasehold improvement, whichever is less. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 30 years for office buildings and 3 to 15 years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment. Costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to income as incurred; improvements and betterments are capitalized. When items are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are included in the determination of net income.
 
  Income Taxes - Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the balance sheet method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
  Goodwill — The Corporation adopted Statement of Financial Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”), effective January 1, 2002. Accordingly, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life, but is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair value based test. Additionally, under SFAS 142, acquired intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) are separately recognized if the benefit of the asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged, and amortized over their useful life.
 
  As of December 31, 2002, the Corporation had goodwill of $135,755 related to the purchase of Access Leasing which is not being amortized. The Corporation also had other intangible assets related to this purchase of $110,696. This amount is being amortized over 60 months.

40


 

  Stock-Based Compensation Plans - At December 31, 2002, the Corporation had a stock-based compensation plan, which is described more fully in Note 12. The Corporation accounts for the plan under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related Interpretations. No stock-based compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted under this plan had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Corporation had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , to stock-based compensation.

                 
    Year Ended December 31,
   
    2002   2001
   
 
Net income, as reported
  $ 2,694,740     $ 887,143  
Total stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (156,458 )     (95,157 )
 
   
     
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 2,538,282     $ 791,986  
 
   
     
 
Earnings per share:
               
Basic — as reported
  $ 2.45     $ .89  
 
   
     
 
Basic — pro forma
  $ 2.32     $ .78  
 
   
     
 
Diluted — as reported
  $ 2.16     $ .81  
 
   
     
 
Diluted — pro forma
  $ 2.05     $ .71  
 
   
     
 

  The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Model for 2002 and the minimum value method for 2001 of measurement with the following weighted-average assumptions:

                 
    Year Ended December 31,
   
    2002   2001
   
 
Dividend yield
    - -       - -  
Expected life
  7 years   7 years
Risk-free interest rate
    4.55 %     5.26 %
Volatility
    20.35 %     N/A  

41


 

  Earnings Per Share — Basic earnings per share represents income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period, as restated for a 10 for 1 stock split declared in April 2001. Diluted earnings per share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Common equivalent shares are excluded from the computation if their effect is antidilutive.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents — For purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consists of cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in other banks.
 
  Advertising Costs – The Corporation follows the policy of charging the production costs of advertising to expense as incurred.
 
  Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of deferred tax assets.
 
  Shareholders’ Equity – A 10 for 1 stock split was declared in April 2001. The authorized shares of common stock increased from 1,000,000 to 10,000,000 and par value per share decreased from $50 to $5.
 
  The Corporation concluded a rights offering of its common stock to shareholders and employees on June 3, 2003, with the sale of 162,500 shares ($5 par) at $18.00 per share. Net proceeds from the offering equaled $2,848,274.
 
  Reclassifications - Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

42


 

Note 2. Securities

  Amortized costs and fair values of the securities available for sale as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

                                   
      December 31, 2002
     
              Gross   Gross        
      Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair
      Cost   Gains   (Losses)   Value
     
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury Notes
  $ 1,656,010     $ 59,990     $ - -     $ 1,716,000  
U.S. Governmental agencies
    2,994,016       18,227       - -       3,012,243  
Mortgage Backed Securities
    9,051,232       63,566       - -       9,114,798  
Restricted stock -
                               
 
Federal Reserve Bank stock
    300,000       - -       - -       300,000  
 
FHLB Stock
    1,494,100       - -       - -       1,494,100  
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
  $ 15,495,358     $ 141,783     $ - -     $ 15,637,141  
 
   
     
     
     
 
                                   
      December 31, 2001
     
              Gross   Gross        
      Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair
      Cost   Gains   (Losses)   Value
     
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury Notes
  $ 1,672,630     $ - -     $ (57,130 )   $ 1,615,500  
U.S. Governmental agencies
    8,499,585       7,134       (9,843 )     8,496,876  
Restricted stock -
                               
 
Federal Reserve Bank stock
    300,000       - -       - -       300,000  
 
FHLB Stock
    170,000       - -       - -       170,000  
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
  $ 10,642,215     $ 7,134     $ (66,973 )   $ 10,582,376  
 
   
     
     
     
 

43


 

  The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale as of December 31, 2002 by contractual maturities, are shown below. Maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the securities may be called or prepaid without any penalties.

                   
      Amortized   Fair
      Cost   Value
     
 
Due after one through five years
  $ 4,650,026     $ 4,728,243  
Mortgage Backed Securities
    9,051,232       9,114,798  
Restricted Stock:
               
 
Federal Reserve Bank stock
    300,000       300,000  
 
FHLB stock
    1,494,100       1,494,100  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 15,495,358     $ 15,637,141  
 
   
     
 

  For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, there were no sales of securities available for sale.
 
  The book value of securities pledged to secure securities sold under agreement to repurchase and for other purposes amounted to $13,586,141 at December 31, 2002 and $3,000,000 at December 31, 2001.

Note 3. Loans

  Net loans are summarized (in thousands) as follows:

                     
        2002   2001
       
 
Loans secured by real estate:
               
 
Construction and land development
  $ 10,057     $ 10,821  
 
Secured by 1 to 4 family residential properties
    42,625       19,906  
 
Secured by multi-family residential
    2,967       818  
 
Secured by nonfarm nonresidential properties
    41,081       26,184  
Commercial and industrial loans
    17,324       9,115  
Consumer loans
    782       1,892  
 
   
     
 
   
Total loans
    114,836       68,736  
Less allowance for loan losses
    2,049       1,192  
 
   
     
 
   
Net loans
  $ 112,787     $ 67,544  
 
   
     
 

44


 

Note 4. Allowance for Loan Losses

  Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:

                 
    2002   2001
   
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 1,192,202     $ 489,000  
Provision charged to operating expense
    841,337       719,893  
Loan recoveries
    15,000       - -  
Loan charge-offs
    - -       (16,691 )
 
   
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 2,048,539     $ 1,192,202  
 
   
     
 

  The Bank had no impaired loans as of December 31, 2002 and 2001.
 
  Nonaccrual loans amounted to $932,326 at December 31, 2001. If interest had been accrued, such income would have been approximately $11,643. There were no nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2002.

Note 5. Premises and Equipment

  Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

                 
    2002   2001
   
 
Leasehold improvements
  $ 240,289     $ 220,428  
Furniture and equipment
    806,340       634,089  
 
   
     
 
 
    1,046,629       854,517  
Less accumulated depreciation
    423,987       304,318  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 622,642     $ 550,199  
 
   
     
 

  Depreciation expense included in the operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, was $202,385 and $169,523, respectively.

45


 

Note 6. Deposits

  The aggregate amount of jumbo time deposits, each with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was $34,151,208 and $19,102,896 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
 
  At December 31, 2002, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:

         
2003
  $ 51,919,484  
2004
    15,586,730  
2005
    18,518,925  
2006
    3,119,358  
2007
    5,580,783  
Later years
    590,995  
 
   
 
 
  $ 95,316,275  
 
   
 

Note 7. Short-Term Borrowings

  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are classified as secured borrowings, generally mature within one to four days from the transaction date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The Corporation may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.
 
  As of December 31, 2002, the Bank had a $38,850,000 one-year warehouse line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta. As of December 31, 2002, there were outstanding borrowings of $15,881,877. As of December 31, 2002, the Bank has pledged $60,072,719 of the one-to-four family mortgage loans held for sale as collateral on this line of credit. The Bank also has a Daily Credit Line with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta totaling $17,750,000, secured by first mortgages and securities. At December 31, 2002, there were outstanding borrowings of $14,000,000. Outstanding borrowings with Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta were $1,050,000 as of December 31, 2001.
 
  The Corporation engaged in commercial paper arrangements with investors and is committed to acting as an agent to provide unsecured overnight investments. The Corporation held $3,762,679 and $1,336,390 in commercial paper arrangements payable on demand as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Interest is paid at a variable rate of interest which is determined daily based on short-term money market rates.
 
  During 2001, the Corporation had a $15,000,000 line of credit with First Tennessee Bank. As of December 31, 2001, there were outstanding borrowings of $10,806,897 against this line of credit that matured on February 28, 2002. The borrowings had a variable rate of interest.

46


 

Note 8. Income Taxes

  Net deferred tax assets consisted of the following components as of December 31, 2002 and 2001:

                   
      2002   2001
     
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 411,790     $ 259,434  
 
Organizational expenses
    62,076       82,331  
 
Accrual to cash basis adjustment
    114,085       65,012  
 
Deferred fees
    112,685       95,128  
 
Provision for off balance sheet losses
    18,360       - -  
 
Securities available for sale
    - -       20,344  
 
   
     
 
 
    718,996       522,249  
 
   
     
 
Deferred tax liability:
               
 
Depreciation
    27,778       21,058  
 
Securities available for sale
    48,206       - -  
 
   
     
 
 
    75,984       21,058  
 
   
     
 
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
    643,012       501,191  
Less: Valuation allowance
    - -       (200,231 )
 
   
     
 
Net deferred tax assets included in other assets
  $ 643,012     $ 300,960  
 
   
     
 

  The provision for income taxes charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 consisted of the following:

                 
    2002   2001
   
 
Current tax expense
  $ 1,769,741     $ 809,987  
Deferred tax (benefit)
    (210,371 )     (248,405 )
Change in valuation allowance
    (200,231 )     (32,211 )
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 1,359,139     $ 529,371  
 
   
     
 

47


 

  The income tax provision differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate to pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 as follows:

                   
      2002   2001
     
 
Computed “expected” tax expense
  $ 1,378,319     $ 481,615  
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
               
 
State income taxes
    203,475       96,648  
 
Other
    (222,475 )     (48,892 )
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 1,359,319     $ 529,371  
 
   
     
 

Note 9. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

  The Corporation was committed under noncancelable operating leases for its office locations. Rent expense associated with these operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 totaled $547,043 and $361,256.
 
  Future minimum lease payments under these leases are as follows:

         
2003
  $ 502,312  
2004
    391,493  
2005
    323,293  
2006
    304,081  
2007
    47,156  
 
   
 
 
  $ 1,568,335  
 
   
 

  In the normal course of business, there are outstanding various commitments and contingent liabilities, which are not reflected in the accompanying financial statements. The Corporation does not anticipate any material loss as a result of these transactions.

48


 

  As a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is required to maintain certain average reserve balances. Those balances include usable vault cash and amounts on deposit with the Federal Reserve. For the weeks ending December 31, 2002 and 2001, the amount of daily average required balances were approximately $769,000 and $291,000, respectively.

Note 10. Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

  The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments consist primarily of commitments to extend credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Corporation has in particular classes of financial instruments.
 
  Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Corporation evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral, if deemed necessary by the Corporation upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral normally consists of real property, liquid assets or business assets. The Corporation had approximately $11,523,374 and $3,045,000 in outstanding commitments at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
 
  The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Corporation uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. The Corporation had approximately $18,087,010 and $13,807,000 in unfunded lines of credit whose contract amounts represent credit risk at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
 
  At December 31, 2002, Access National Mortgage Corporation had locked-rate commitments to originate mortgage loans amounting to approximately $175 million and loans held for sale of $95 million. Access National Mortgage Corporation has entered into commitments, on a best-effort basis to sell loans of approximately $270 million. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. Access National Mortgage Corporation does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

49


 

  Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Corporation to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Essentially all letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Corporation generally holds collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary. The Corporation had standby letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $1,934,521 and $750,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
 
  The Corporation has cash accounts in other commercial banks. The amount of deposit at these banks at December 31, 2002 exceeded the insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation by approximately $7,038,295.

Note 11. Related Party Transactions

  The Corporation has had, and may be expected to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors, principal officers, their immediate families and affiliated companies in which they are principal shareholders (commonly referred to as related parties), on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others. These persons and firms were indebted to the Corporation for loans totaling $1,460,011 and $1,645,437 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. During 2002, total principal additions were $950,000 and total principal payments were $1,135,426. The aggregate amount of deposits at December 31, 2002 and 2001 from directors and officers was $1,163,907 and $2,375,176, respectively.

Note 12. Stock-Based Compensation Plan

  The Corporation’s shareholders approved the Corporation’s 1999 Stock Option Plan at the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. The plan reserves 174,410 shares of Common Stock. The Stock Plan allows for incentive stock options to be granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value at the date of grant. All options expire seven years from the grant date. All shares have been restated to reflect the 10 for 1 stock split declared in April 2001. 21,453 of the options granted in 2002 were related to the rights offering.

50


 

  Changes in the stock options outstanding under the Stock Plan are summarized as follows:

                                 
    2002   2001
   
 
            Weighted           Weighted
            Average           Average
    Number of   Exercise   Number of   Exercise
    Shares   Price   Shares   Price
   
 
 
 
Outstanding at beginning of year
    133,330     $ 11.50       109,530     $ 10.09  
Granted
    33,243       20.23       24,168       17.91  
Exercised
    - -       - -       - -       - -  
Forfeited
    (1,489 )     15.39       (368 )     13.59  
 
   
             
         
Outstanding at end of year
    165,084     $ 13.22       133,330     $ 11.50  
 
   
             
         
Options exercisable at year-end
    78,543     $ 10.00       50,661     $ 10.00  
 
   
             
         
Weighted average minimum fair value per share granted during year
          $ 7.03             $ 5.07  

  Summary information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2002 is as follows:

                                   
              Average   Weighted        
              Remaining   Average        
Exercise   Number   Contractual   Exercise   Shares
Price   Outstanding   Life   Price   Exercisable

 
 
 
 
$10.00
    100,530     4.0 years   $ 10.00       78,543  
 
11.10
    11,250       5.0       11.10       - -  
 
13.59
    4,000       6.0       13.59       - -  
 
17.00
    100       6.0       17.00       - -  
 
20.11
    25,944       7.0       20.11       - -  
 
20.26
    15,985       6.0       20.26       - -  
 
20.66
    7,275       7.0       20.66       - -  
 
   
                     
 
 
    165,084                       78,543  
 
   
                     
 

51


 

Note 13. Warrants

  As of December 31, 2002, there were 175,620 warrants at an exercise price of $10 issued and outstanding. Of this amount, 27,710 warrants were held by the organizing shareholders of the Corporation and vested at the date of issuance. The remaining 147,910 warrants were held by the former shareholders of Access National Mortgage Corporation, pursuant to the merger agreement dated June 10, 1999. Under the merger agreement, the vesting of these warrants that are subject to future financial performance of the mortgage business unit. Based upon performance through December 31, 2002, 127,910 of these warrants were vested and exercisable.
 
  In connection with the 2002 stock offering 162,500 warrants were issued at an exercise price of $20.00 per share and vested at the date of issuance.

Note 14. Capital Requirements

  The Corporation (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — possibly additional discretionary - actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Corporation’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Corporation’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
 
  Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, that the Corporation and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
 
  As of December 31, 2002, the most recent notification from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

52


 

  The Corporation’s and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, in thousands, are also presented in the table:

                                                       
                                          Minimum
                                          To Be Well
                                          Capitalized Under
                          Minimum Capital   Prompt Corrective
          Actual   Requirement   Action Provisions
         
 
 
          Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
         
 
 
 
 
 
          (Amount in Thousands)
December 31, 2002:
                                               
 
Total Capital
                                               
   
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
     
Corporation
  $ 22,001       13.33 %   $ 13,081       8.00 %     N/A       N/A  
     
Bank
  $ 17,837       10.82 %   $ 13,189       8.00 %   $ 16,486       10.00 %
 
Tier 1 Capital
                                               
   
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)
                                               
     
Corporation
  $ 15,953       9.67 %   $ 6,540       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
     
Bank
  $ 15,788       9.58 %   $ 6,594       4.00 %   $ 9,891       6.00 %
 
Tier 1 Capital
                                               
   
(to Average Assets)
                                               
     
Corporation
  $ 15,953       6.48 %   $ 9,368       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
     
Bank
  $ 15,788       6.42 %   $ 9,843       4.00 %   $ 12,303       5.00 %
December 31, 2001:
                                               
 
Total Capital
                                               
   
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
     
Bank
  $ 11,697       12.20 %   $ 7,667       8.00 %     N/A       N/A  
 
Tier 1 Capital
                                               
   
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)
                                               
     
Bank
  $ 10,505       10.96 %   $ 3,834       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
 
Tier 1 Capital
                                               
   
(to Average Assets)
                                               
     
Bank
  $ 10,505       8.91 %   $ 4,717       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  

53


 

Note 15. Dividend Restrictions

  Federal regulations limit the amount of dividends which the Corporation can pay without obtaining prior approval and, additionally, requires that the Corporation maintain a ratio of total capital to assets, as defined by regulatory authorities. As of December 31, 2002, the Corporation was required to obtain prior approval on any dividend declared.

Note 16. Earnings Per Share

  The following shows the weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per share and the effect on weighted average number of shares of diluted potential common stock. Potential dilutive common stock has no effect on income available to common shareholders. All shares and per share amounts have been restated to reflect a 10 for 1 stock split declared in April 2001.

                                   
      2002   2001
     
              Per Share           Per Share
      Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount
     
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
    1,099,000     $ 2.45       1,000,000     $ .89  
 
           
             
 
Effect of dilutive securities:
                               
 
Stock options and warrants
    147,344               96,998          
 
   
             
         
 
Diluted earnings per share
    1,246,344     $ 2.16       1,096,998     $ .81  
 
   
     
     
     
 

Note 17. Employee Benefits

  The Corporation maintains a Defined Contribution 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan which authorizes a maximum voluntary salary deferral of up to 15% of compensation, subject to statutory limitations. All full-time employees are eligible to participate after one year of employment. The Corporation reserves the right for an annual discretionary contribution to the account of each eligible employee based in part of the Corporation’s profitability for a given year, and on each participant’s yearly earnings. $18,416 and $32,582 was charged to expense under the Plan for 2002 and 2001, respectively. There was no amount charged to expense under the Plan for 2001.

54


 

Note 18. Other Expenses

  The Corporation had the following other expenses as of December 31, 2002 and 2001:

                 
    2002   2001
   
 
Advertising and promotional expense
  $ 1,552,926     $ 819,280  
Investor fees
    669,946       379,868  
Other settlement fees
    380,195       262,141  
Branch management fees
    1,789,458       514,900  
Other
    3,498,843       1,713,470  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 7,891,368     $ 3,689,659  
 
   
     
 

Note 19. Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Interest Rate Risk

  The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

          Cash and Short-Term Investments

  For those short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

          Securities

  For securities, fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes.

          Loans Held for Sale

  Fair values are based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold on the secondary market.

          Loan Receivables

  For certain homogeneous categories of loans, such as some residential mortgages, and other consumer loans, fair value is estimated using the quoted market prices for securities backed by similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The fair value of other types of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

55


 

          Deposits and Borrowings

  The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of all other deposits and borrowings is determined using the discounted cash flow method. The discount rate was equal to the rate currently offered on similar products.

          Accrued Interest

  The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

          Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments

  The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit worthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of stand-by letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.
 
  At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the carrying amounts of loan commitments, rate lock commitments and stand-by letters of credit approximated fair values.

                                   
      2002   2001
     
 
      Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair
      Amount   Value   Amount   Value
     
 
 
 
      (Thousands)   (Thousands)
Financial assets:
                               
 
Cash and short-term investments
  $ 12,823     $ 12,823     $ 12,877     $ 12,877  
 
Securities
    15,637       15,637       10,582       10,582  
 
Loans held for sale
    93,852       93,852       38,615       38,615  
 
Loans
    112,787       112,979       67,544       67,916  
 
Accrued interest receivable
    752       752       439       439  
Financial liabilities:
                               
 
Deposits
  $ 178,251     $ 178,516     $ 104,876     $ 105,326  
 
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    2,740       2,740       1,679       1,679  
 
FHLB borrowings
    29,881       29,919       1,050       1,050  
 
Other short-term borrowings
    3,763       3,768       12,143       12,143  
 
Trust preferred capital notes
    4,000       4,000       - -       - -  
 
Accrued interest payable
    5       5       46       46  

56


 

  The Corporation assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) as a result of its normal operations. As a result, the fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments will change when interest rate levels change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Corporation. Management attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to minimize interest rate risk. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Corporation’s overall interest rate risk.

Note 20. Segment Reporting

  Access National Corporation has two reportable segments: traditional commercial banking and a mortgage banking business. Revenues from commercial banking operations consist primarily of interest earned on loans and investment securities and fees from deposit services. Mortgage banking operating revenues consist principally of interest earned on mortgage loans held for sale, gains on sales of loans in the secondary mortgage market and loan origination fee income.
 
  The commercial bank segment provides the mortgage segment with the short term funds needed to originate mortgage loans through a warehouse line of credit and charges the mortgage banking segment interest based on a premium over their cost to borrow funds. These transactions are eliminated in the consolidation process.

57


 

  The following table presents segment information for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001:

2002
(dollars in thousands)
 

                                     
        Commercial   Mortgage           Consolidated
        Banking   Banking   Elimination   Totals
       
 
 
 
Revenues:
                               
 
Interest income
  $ 8,605     $ 2,795     $ (1,315 )   $ 10,085  
 
Gain on sale of loans
    - -       19,737       - -       19,737  
 
Other
    540       2,217       - -       2,757  
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating income
    9,145       24,749       (1,315 )     32,579  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Expenses:
                               
 
Interest expense
    4,105       1,447       (1,315 )     4,237  
 
Salaries and employee benefits
    1,987       12,325       - -       14,312  
 
Other
    2,440       7,536       - -       9,976  
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    8,532       21,308       (1,315 )     28,525  
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Income before income taxes
  $ 613     $ 3,441     $ - -     $ 4,054  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Total assets
  $ 223,209     $ 111,708     $ (94,569 )   $ 240,348  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Capital expenditures
  $ 151     $ 124     $ - -     $ 275  
 
   
     
     
     
 
2001
(dollars in thousands)
 
                                     
        Commercial   Mortgage           Consolidated
        Banking   Banking   Elimination   Totals
       
 
 
 
Revenues:
                               
 
Interest income
  $ 5,562     $ 1,391     $ (604 )   $ 6,349  
 
Gain on sale of loans
    - -       9,813       - -       9,813  
 
Other
    48       1,221       - -       1,269  
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating income
    5,610       12,425       (604 )     17,431  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Expenses:
                               
 
Interest expense
    2,884       954       (604 )     3,234  
 
Salaries and employee benefits
    1,268       6,383       - -       7,651  
 
Other
    1,582       3,547       - -       5,129  
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    5,734       10,884       (604 )     16,014  
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (124 )   $ 1,541     $ - -     $ 1,417  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Total assets
  $ 112,643     $ 42,384     $ (22,958 )   $ 132,069  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Capital expenditures
  $ 143     $ 117     $ - -     $ (260 )
 
   
     
     
     
 

58


 

Note 21. Trust Preferred Capital Notes

  During 2002, Access National Capital Trust I, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable Capital Securities. On July 30, 2002, $4 million of trust preferred securities were issued. The securities have a LIBOR-indexed floating rate of interest. The interest rate as of December 31, 2002 was 5.93125%. Interest is payable monthly. The securities have a mandatory redemption date of July 30, 2032, and are subject to varying call provisions beginning July 30, 2007. The principal asset of the Trust is $4 million of the Corporation’s junior subordinated debt securities with the like maturities and like interest rates to the Capital Securities.
 
  The Trust Preferred Securities may be included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes up to 25% of Tier I capital after its inclusion. The portion of the Trust Preferred not considered as Tier I capital may be included in Tier II capital.
 
  The obligations of the Corporation with respect to the issuance of the Capital Securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Corporation of the Trust’s obligations with respect to the Capital Securities.
 
  Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Corporation may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related Capital Securities.

59


 

Note 22. Parent Only Statements

ACCESS NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Parent Corporation Only)

Balance Sheet
December 31, 2002

             
Assets
       
 
Cash
  $ 3,971,647  
 
Investment in subsidiaries
    16,126,752  
 
Other assets
    341,145  
 
   
 
   
Total assets
  $ 20,439,544  
 
   
 
Liabilities
       
 
Trust preferred capital notes
  $ 4,125,000  
 
Other liabilities
    23,214  
 
   
 
 
    4,148,214  
 
   
 
Shareholders’ Equity
       
 
Common stock
    5,850,000  
 
Capital surplus
    7,148,274  
 
Retained earnings
    3,199,478  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    93,578  
 
   
 
   
Total shareholders’ equity
    16,291,330  
 
   
 
   
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 20,439,544  
 
   
 

60


 

ACCESS NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Parent Corporation Only)

Statement of Income
For the Year Ended December 31, 2002

             
Income
       
 
Dividends from subsidiaries
  $ 268,500  
 
   
 
Expenses
       
 
Interest expense on trust preferred capital notes
    102,175  
 
Other expenses
    65,675  
 
   
 
   
Total expense
    167,850  
 
   
 
   
Income before income taxes and undistributed income of subsidiaries
    100,650  
Income tax (benefit)
    (63,929 )
 
   
 
   
Income before undistributed income of subsidiaries
    164,579  
Undistributed income of subsidiary
    2,530,161  
 
   
 
   
Net income
  $ 2,694,740  
 
   
 

61


 

ACCESS NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Parent Corporation Only)

Statement of Cash Flows
Year Ended December 31, 2002

               
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
       
 
Net income
  $ 2,694,740  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
       
   
(Undistributed income) excess distribution of income of subsidiary
    (2,530,161 )
   
(Increase) in other assets
    (341,145 )
   
Increase in accrued expenses
    23,213  
 
   
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (153,353 )
 
   
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities, increase in investment in subsidiaries
    (2,848,274 )
 
   
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
       
 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
    2,848,274  
 
Proceeds from trust preferred capital notes
    4,125,000  
 
   
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    6,973,274  
 
   
 
     
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    3,971,647  
Cash and Cash Equivalents
       
 
Beginning
    - -  
 
   
 
 
Ending
  $ 3,971,647  
 
   
 

62


 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Access National Corporation
Chantilly, Virginia

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Access National Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Access National Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Winchester, Virginia
February 14, 2003

63


 

ITEM 8- CHANGES IN THE DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.

PART III

ITEM 9 — DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS, AND CONTROL PERSONS; COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16A OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

This information is incorporated herein by reference from the Corporation’s 2003 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 10 – EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This information is incorporated herein by reference from the Corporation’s 2003 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 11 – SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

This information is incorporated herein by reference from the Corporation’s 2003 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12 – CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

This information is incorporated herein by reference from the Corporation’s 2003 Proxy Statement.

64


 

ITEM 13 – EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  Exhibit Index :

(b)  Reports on Form 8 - K

     None

     
Exhibit Number    
 
3.1
  Articles of Association of Access National Bank (incorporated by reference to Form 8K dated June 15, 2002)
3.2
  Bylaws of Access National Bank (incorporated by reference to Form 8K dated June 15, 2002)
4.0
  Form of Common Stock Certificate of Access National Bank
10.1
  Employment Letter Agreement between Access National Bank and Michael W. Clarke.
10.2
  Employment Letter Agreement between Access National Bank and Robert C. Shoemaker.
10.3
  Employment Letter Agreement between Access National Bank and Charles Wimer.
10.4
  Employment Agreement between Mortgage Investment Corporation and Michael Rebibo.
10.5
  Access National Bank 1999 Stock Option Plan
10.6
  Lease agreement between Access National Bank and William and Blanca Spencer
10.7
  Lease agreement between Access National Mortgage Corporation and WJG, LLC
22.0
  Access National Corporation 2003 Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting
24.0
  Power of Attorney (included) herewith at Page 67

ITEM 14 – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Pursuant to provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Corporation’s chief executive officer and chief financial officers are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures for the Corporation. They have designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Corporation is made known to them in a timely fashion b others within the Corporation, particularly during periods when the Corporation’s quarterly and annual reports are being prepared. They have evaluated the effectiveness of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report on Form 10-K, and based on their evaluation of these controls and procedures, concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were operating effectively as of the Evaluation Date.

There were no significant changes in the Corporation’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect its natural controls subsequent to the date of the most recent evaluation.

65


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

     
    Access National Corporation
 
Date: March 25, 2003   By: /s/ Michael W. Clarke
                 Michael W. Clarke
                     President / CEO
 
 
Date: March 25, 2003   By: /s/ Charles Wimer
             Charles Wimer
    Executive Vice President & CFO

66


 

SIGNATURES

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Michael W. Clarke, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact as agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments to this Form 10-KSB and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do fully and to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

     

     
         Directors          Date
 
/s/ J. Randolph Babbit
     J. Randolph Babbit
  March 25, 2003
 
/s/ Michael W. Clarke
     Michael W. Clarke
  March 25, 2003
 
/s/ John W. Edgemond
     John W. (Skip) Edgemond
  March 25, 2003
 
/s/ James L. Jaldos
     James L. (Ted) Jaldos
  March 25, 2003
 
/s/ Robert C. Shoemaker
     Robert C. Shoemaker
  March 25, 2003

67


 

CERTIFICATIONS

I Michael W. Clarke, certify that:

  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-KSB of Access National Corporation;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and the other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

  (a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
  (c)   presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

  (a)   all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
 
  (b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

  6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

     
Date: March 19, 2003   /s/ Michael W. Clarke
Michael W. Clarke
President and Chief Executive Officer & Director

68


 

I Charles Wimer, certify that:

  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-KSB of Access National Corporation;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and the other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

  a.   designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
  b.   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
  c.   presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

  a.   all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
 
  b.   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

  6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

     
Date: March 19, 2003   /s/ Charles Wimer
Charles Wimer
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer

69

NUMBER SHARES

ANB @ACCESSNATIONALBANK.COM

PROGRESSIVE BUSINESS BANKING

SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP 00432K 10 3

CHANTILLY VIRGINIA
ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

IS THE OWNER OF

FULLY PAID SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
ACCESS NATIONAL BANK

with a par value of fifty dollars ($50.00) each, transferable on the books of the Association by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney on surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Association and the signatures of the duly authorized officers.

Dated:

(SEAL)

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED
ACCESS NATIONAL BANK

TRANSFER AGENT
AND REGISTRAR

    BY /s/ [ILLEGIBLE SIGNATURE]


AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE SIGNATURE]                       /s/ [ILLEGIBLE SIGNATURE]

   CASHIER OR SECRETARY                   PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


ACCESS NATIONAL BANK

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED, THE ASSOCIATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION OF THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM -as tenants in common           UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-_____Custodian_______
TEN ENT -as tenants by the entireties                     (Cust)        (Minor)
JT TEN  -as joint tenants with right of          under Uniform Gifts to Minors
         survivorship and not as tenants         Act___________________
         in common                                         (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,_______________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee



_________________________________________________________________________shares of the Common Stock represented by the within certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

______________________________________________________________________attorney, to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Association, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated____________________________________.


NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND
WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE
CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT
ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED: ________________________________________________
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN
ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS,
STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND
CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT
TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.


EXHIBIT 10.1

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated this 5th day of October, 1999, between Access National Bank (in organization), a national banking association (the "Employer") and Michael W. Clarke (the "Executive").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Executive has served as an organizer of the Employer, including serving as Spokesman for the organizing group and having coordinated the overall organization effort; and

WHEREAS, the Employer considers the continued availability of the Executive's services to be important to the management and conduct of the Employer's business and desires to secure for themselves the continued availability of the Executive's services; and

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to make his services available to the Employer on the same terms and subject to the same conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT. The Executive shall be employed as President of the Employer. The Executive shall have such duties and responsibilities as are commensurate with such positions and shall also render such other services and duties as may be reasonably assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Employer, consistent with his positions. The Executive hereby accepts and agrees to such employment.

2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. The term of employment shall begin on the date set forth above (the "Commencement Date") and continue for five years; provided, however, that the term shall be extended automatically for an additional period of two years at the end of the initial and all subsequent two year terms, unless either the Executive or the Employer gives written notice to the other at least 120 days prior to the end of any such term of such party's election not to extend the term of this Agreement. The last day on the last term or extended term of this Agreement is referred to herein as the "Expiration Date." ALL BENEFITS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE RESPECTIVE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL CEASE AS OF THE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT OR RELATED CONTRACT OR PLAN.

3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

(a) Base Salary. For all services rendered by the Executive under this Agreement, the Employer shall pay the Executive an annual base salary of $80,000 per year from the Commence Date until the date the Bank opens for business, at which time the Employer shall pay to the Executive an annual base salary of $100,000 per year (the "Base Salary"). At the conclusion of


the second consecutive fiscal quarter of profitable operations of the Bank, the Base Salary shall be increased to $120,000 per annum and will increase at the end of each subsequent fiscal year end thereafter at the discretion of the Board of Directors, provided such increases are at a rate of no less than 10.0% of the then existing Base Salary. THE MINIMUM ANNUAL INCREASES AS DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL REQUIRE MINIMUM FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE EMPLOYER SUCH THAT NET INCOME ACHIEVED IS NO LESS THAN 50% OF THE BUDGETED AMOUNT OR RETURN ON EQUITY IS NO LESS THAN 6%. The Executive's salary shall be payable in accordance with payroll practices of Employer to the officers of the company.

(b) Annual Cash Bonus. As additional compensation, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus from the Employer in an amount up to 50% of Base Salary as based upon a performance evaluation by the Board of Directors contemplating the following equally weighted factors (with a rating of 0-5 assigned to each, 0 meaning failure to perform and 5 meaning excellent performance):
(i) Regulatory Exams/ Audit Results;
(ii) Asset Quality;
(iii) Return on Equity;
(iv) General Budget Performance. In addition to any annual cash bonus which Executive may receive, Executive shall also receive a $25,000 bonus on the day the Bank opens for business.

(c) Stock Options. As additional compensation, the Executive shall have the right to receive stock options of the Employer in an amount equal to no less than 3.875% of the shares of the Employer issued in the public offering of the Employer's securities, which options shall vest and be exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Stock Option Plan adopted by the Employer's Board of Directors and shareholders. The options will be awarded as follows: 2.0% on the day the Bank opens for business and 3/8% at the close of each of the first five full Fiscal Years of business. THE MINIMUM ANNUAL STOCK OPTION GRANT AS DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL REQUIRE MINIMUM FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE EMPLOYER SUCH THAT NET INCOME ACHIEVED IS NO LESS THAN 50% OF THE BUDGETED AMOUNT OR RETURN ON EQUITY IS NO LESS THAN 6%.

(d) Benefits and Vacation. During the term of the Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to participate in and receive the benefits of certain pension and other retirement benefit plans, profit sharing, stock option, or other plans, benefits, and privileges given to executives of Employer, to the extent commensurate with his then duties and responsibilities as determined by the Board of Directors. The Executive shall also be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation per year. THE EMPLOYER SHALL PAY 100% OF THE EXECUTIVE'S HEALTH INSURANCE PREMIUMS FOR FAMILY COVERAGE AND DISABILITY INSURANCE AS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE EMPLOYER SPONSORED HEALTH PLAN.

(e) Business Expense. The Employer shall reimburse Executive or otherwise provide for or pay for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance of, or in connection with the business of the Employer, including, but not by way of limitation, travel expenses, car allowance of $600 per month, and memberships in professional organizations, dining or country club, and similar benefits, subject to reasonable documentation and other limitations as may be established by the Board of Directors.

2

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION BENEFITS.

(a) Termination for Cause. The Executive's employment may be terminated for Cause at any time without further liability on the part of the Employer. Only the following shall constitute "Cause" for such termination:

(i) gross incompetence, gross negligence, willful misconduct in office or breach of material fiduciary duty owed to the Employer;

(ii) conviction of a felony, a crime of moral turpitude or commission of an act of embezzlement or fraud against the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof;

(iii) failure to cure a material breach by the Executive of a material term of this Agreement after sixty (60) days written notice of the breach; or

(iv) deliberate dishonesty of the Executive with respect to the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

(b) Termination as a Consequence of Death or Disability. If the Executive dies or becomes disabled while employed by Employer, Executive and/or his estate shall be entitled to the following:

(i) Employer shall pay Executive or his estate commission and bonus payments accrued by Executive prior to his death or disability, regardless of their closing date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such commissions and bonuses were calculated; and

(ii) Employer shall pay Executive or his estate any bonuses that would have been paid to Executive for a period of six (6) months following his death or disability, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such bonuses were calculated.

For purposes of this Section 4, Executive is "disabled" if he is unable to perform substantially all of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, which disability lasts for an uninterrupted period of at least 180 days or a total of at least 240 days in any calendar year (as determined by the opinion of an independent physician selected by the Board of Directors).

(c) Termination by the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder with or without Good Reason (as defined below) by written notice to the Board of Directors of the Employer effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice by the Board of Directors. In the event the Executive terminates his employment hereunder for Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits specified in Section 4(d) and the Executive shall not be required to render any further services to the Employer. Upon termination of the employment by the Executive without Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation or benefits under this Agreement. "Good Reason" includes:

(i) the failure by the Employer to comply with the provisions of Section 3 or material breach by the Employer of any other provision of this Agreement, which failure

3

or breach shall continue for more than sixty (60) days after the date on which the Board of Directors of the Employer receives a written notice;

(ii) the assignment of the Executive without his consent to a position, responsibilities, or duties of a materially lesser status or degree of responsibility than his position, responsibilities, or duties at the Commencement Date;

(iii) the requirement by the Employer that the Executive be based at any office location that is greater than thirty (30) miles from Executive's current office location;

(iv) actions on the part of the Employer that are designed to or have the effect of making it impossible for Executive to or materially impair Executive's ability to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder;

(v) any Change of Control (as defined in Section 14) of Access.

A transaction described in clause (v) above shall only be deemed to be "Good Reason" if the Executive terminates his employment by written notice to the Board of Directors of the Employer within 180 days after the occurrence thereof.

(d) Certain Termination Benefits. In the event of termination by the Employer without Cause, or by the Executive with Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits:

(i) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, Employer shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary in effect on the date of termination for a period of three years, such payments to be made on the same periodic dates as salary payments would have been made to the Executive had this employment not been terminated, unless the Employer elects to make a lump sum severance payment in an equivalent amount within thirty (30) days of the date of termination; provided, however, that the Employer shall be required to make a lump sum severance payment in an equivalent amount within thirty (30) days of the date of termination in the event the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as a result of a Change of Control.

(ii) To the extent the Executive is eligible for commissions, Employer shall pay Executive commissions for any loans originated by Executive prior to the date of termination, regardless of their closing date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such commissions were calculated.

(iii) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, Employer shall pay Executive any bonuses that would have been paid to Executive from the date of termination to the Expiration Date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such bonuses were calculated.

(iv) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, the Executive shall continue to receive medical, life and liability insurance benefits

4

pursuant to plans made available by the Employer to its employees at the expense of the Employer to substantially the same extent the Executive received such benefits on the date of termination (it being acknowledged that the post-termination plans may be different from the plans in effect on the date of termination). For purposes of application of such benefits, the Executive shall be treated as if he had remained in the employ of the Employer, with an annual Base Salary plus commission and bonus at the rate in effect on the date of termination.

(v) The Employer's obligation to provide the Executive with medical and other insurance benefits pursuant to Section 4(d)(iv) hereof shall terminate with respect to each particular type of insurance in the event the Executive becomes employed and has made available to him in connection with such employment that particular type of insurance, so long as such insurance is substantially similar to the insurance provided by the Employer.

(vi) In the event the termination date is within 9 months of the expiration date, the expiration date will be extended to be 9 months after the termination date.

ALL BENEFITS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE RESPECTIVE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL CEASE AS OF THE TERMINATION DATE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT OR RELATED CONTRACT OR PLAN.

5. NONCOMPETITION AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

(a) Noncompetition. During the initial term and any successive term of this Agreement and for one year following the termination or cessation of his employment for any reason other than a termination by Employer without Cause or a termination by Executive for Good Reason (other than a termination by the Executive pursuant to Sections 4(c)(v) and (vi) in which case this Section 6(a) will apply) (the "Restricted Period"), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder (except as a passive investor owning less than 5% of any class of voting securities of any entity), consultant, agency, executive, co-venturer or otherwise, or through any Person compete with Employer's business (as defined below) in any location within a ten
(10) mile radius of an office in which the Employer is conducting business at the time of the termination or cessation. In addition, during the Restricted Period, Executive will not (i) hire or attempt to hire any officer or employee of Employer or encourage any such officer or employee to terminate his or her relationship with Employer, or (ii) solicit or encourage any customer of Employer to terminate its relationship with Employer, or (iii) conduct with any Person any business or activity which such Person conducts with Employer, (iv) organize a business that will engage in any business activity of the employer's business. For purposes of this Employment Agreement, the Employer's business shall be defined to include retail mortgage originations or the management of a retail mortgage origination operation, loans and commercial and retail banking.

(b) Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Confidential Information (as defined below) and all physical manifestations thereof, are confidential to and shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon request by Employer, and in any event upon termination of Executive's employment with

5

Employer for any reason, Executive shall promptly deliver to Employer all property belonging to Employer including, without limitation, all Confidential Information (and all manifestations thereof then in his custody, control or possession). Executive agrees that during the term of this contract with Employer and for a period of two years following the termination of such employment, Executive shall not disclose or make available, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information to any Person, except in the proper performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, with the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of Employer, or as required by law.

(c) Definitions of Confidential Information. For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information" shall mean any and all data and information relating to the business of Employer and its affiliated companies, which (i) is disclosed to Executive during the course of his employment with Employer, and (ii) has value to Employer and is not generally known by its competitors. Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that (i) has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by Employer or has become generally known to the public (except where such public disclosure has been made by or through Executive or by a third person or entity with the knowledge of Executive in violation of this Agreement), (ii) has been independently developed and disclosed by parties other than Executive or Employer to Executive or the public generally without breach of any obligation of confidentiality by any such person running directly or indirectly to Employer, or (iii) otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means. Confidential information may include, but is not limited to information relating to the financial affairs, customers, products, processes, services, executives, Executive compensation, and marketing of Employer and its affiliated companies, or public information that has been assembled and analyzed by Employer or its affiliated companies so as to make its use unique and beneficial to Employer or its affiliated companies and not available to the public in the manner, format or methods developed by Employer or its affiliated companies.

(d) Specific Performance. The Executive recognizes and agrees that the violation of Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) (collectively, the "Restrictive Covenants") may not be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages and that, in addition to any other relief to which the Employer may be entitled by reason of such violation, it shall also be entitled to permanent and temporary injunctive and equitable relief and, pending determination of any dispute with respect to such violation, no bond or security shall be required in connection therewith.

(e) Definition of "Person". For all purposes of this Section 6, the term "Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization.

6. WITHHOLDING. All payments required to be made by the Employer hereunder to the Executive shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Employer may reasonably determine should be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

7. ASSIGNABILITY. Subject to Section 4(c) hereof, the Employer may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any corporation, company or other entity with or into which the Employer may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the employer may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said

6

corporation, company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Employer hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or their rights and obligations hereunder. The Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder.

8. NOTICE. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when sent via regular mail or certified mail, facsimile, or overnight delivery addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

To the Employer:

Chairman, Board of Directors
Access National Bank
14006 Lee Jackson Memorial Highway Chantilly, Virginia 20151

Copy to:

Jacob A. Lutz, III, Esquire
Mays & Valentine, L.L.P.
Post Office Box 1122
Richmond, Virginia 23208-1122

To the Executive:

Michael W. Clarke
Access National Bank
14006 Lee Jackson Memorial Highway Chantilly, Virginia 20151

9. AMENDMENT; WAIVER. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer or officers as may be specifically designated by the Boards of Directors of the Employer to sign on their behalf. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

10. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

11. NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS. Nothing contained herein shall create or require the Employer to create a trust of any kind to fund any benefits which may be payable hereunder, and to the extent that the Executive acquires a right to receive benefits from the Employer hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer.

12. CHANGE IN CONTROL. For all purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall mean:

7

(a) The acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person"), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of Access (the "Outstanding Access Common Stock"); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control; (i) any acquisition directly from Access (excluding an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege), (ii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Access, or (iii) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction described in subsection (c) of this Section 14 if, upon consummation of the transaction, all of the conditions described in subsection (c) are satisfied;

(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by Access's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding for this purpose any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c) Approval by the shareholders of Access of either (1) a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation of Access by, with or into any other corporation or (2) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Access (any of the foregoing transactions, a "Reorganization"); provided, however, that approval by the shareholders of a Reorganization shall not constitute a Change in Control if, upon consummation of the Reorganization, each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(i) more than 60% of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or disposition of assets) is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Outstanding Access Common Stock immediatley prior to the Reorganization in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such transaction, of the Access Company Common Stock;

(ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Access) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of either
(1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or disposition of assets), or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and

(iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a

8

sale or disposition of assets) were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement providing for the Reorganization.

13. ARBITRATION. If any dispute between Employer and Executive shall arise under this agreement, the Executive or his estate will select, within 5 days, a nationally or regionally recognized independent accounting firm mutually acceptable to each party (the agreement to the selection of which shall not be unreasonably withheld) to resolve any such differences (the "Arbitrator"). The Arbitrator shall settle any remaining disputed items by selecting the position of the party that the Arbitrator determines, in its sole discretion, to be the most correct, and the fees and expenses of such Arbitrator shall be borne by the party whose position was not selected by the Arbitrator. The determination of the Arbitrator shall be set forth in writing, delivered to each of the Employer and the Executive or his estate and shall be final and binding on the parties hereto.

14. NO MITIGATION. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any such benefit be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as a result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination or otherwise.

15. HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. VALIDITY. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

ACCESS NATIONAL BANK

By: /s/ Joan Edgemund
   ------------------------------
   Joan Edgemund (Director)

EXECUTIVE

By: /s/ Michael W. Clarke
   ------------------------------
   Michael W. Clarke

650610v2

9

Exhibit 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated this 5th day of October, 1999, between Access National Bank (in organization), a national banking association (the "Employer") and Robert C. Shoemaker (the "Executive").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Executive has served as an organizer of the Employer, including serving as a banking consultant for the organizing group and having assisted in the overall organization effort; and

WHEREAS, the Employer considers the continued availability of the Executive's services to be important to the management and conduct of the Employer's business and desires to secure for themselves the continued availability of the Executive's services; and

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to make his services available to the Employer on the same terms and subject to the same conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT. The Executive shall be employed as Executive Vice President of the Employer. The Executive shall have such duties and responsibilities as are commensurate with such positions and shall also render such other services and duties as may be reasonably assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Employer, consistent with his positions. The Executive hereby accepts and agrees to such employment.

2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. The term of employment shall begin on the date set forth above (the "Commencement Date") and continue for five years; provided, however, that the term shall be extended automatically for an additional period of two years at the end of the initial and all subsequent two year terms, unless either the Executive or the Employer gives written notice to the other at least 120 days prior to the end of any such term of such party's election not to extend the term of this Agreement. The last day on the last term or extended term of this Agreement is referred to herein as the "Expiration Date." ALL BENEFITS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE RESPECTIVE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL CEASE AS OF THE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT OR RELATED CONTRACT OR PLAN.

3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

(a) Base Salary. For all services rendered by the Executive under this Agreement, the Employer shall pay the Executive an annual base salary of $75,000 per year from the Commence Date until the date the Bank opens for business, at which time the Employer shall pay to the Executive an annual base salary of $85,000 per year (the "Base Salary"). At the conclusion of


the second consecutive fiscal quarter of profitable operation of the Bank, the Base Salary shall be increased to $95,000 per annum and will increase at the end of each subsequent fiscal year end thereafter at the discretion of the Board of Directors, provided such increases are at a rate of no less than 7.5% of the then existing Base Salary. THE MINIMUM ANNUAL INCREASES AS DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL REQUIRE MINIMUM FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE EMPLOYER SUCH THAT NET INCOME ACHIEVED IS NO LESS THAN 50% OF THE BUDGETED AMOUNT OR RETURN ON EQUITY IS NO LESS THAN 6%. The Executive's salary shall be payable in accordance with payroll practices of Employer to the officers of the company.

(b) Annual Cash Bonus. As additional compensation, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus from the Employer in an amount up to 35% of Base Salary as based upon a performance evaluation by the Board of Directors contemplating the following equally weighted factors (with a rating of
0 -- 5 assigned to each, 0 meaning failure to perform and 5 meaning excellent performance):

(i) Regulatory Exams/ Audit Results;
(ii) Asset Quality;
(iii) Return on Equity;
(iv) General Budget Performance.

In addition to any annual cash bonus which Executive may receive, Executive shall also receive a $10,000 bonus on the day the Bank opens for business.

(c) Stock Options. As additional compensation, the Executive shall have the right to receive stock options of the Employer in an amount equal to no less than 2.75% of the shares of the Employer issued in the public offering of the Employer's securities, which options shall vest and be exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Stock Option Plan adopted by the Employer's Board of Directors and shareholders. The options will be awarded as follows: 1.5% on the day the Bank opens for business and 1/4% at the close of each of the first five full Fiscal Years of business. THE MINIMUM ANNUAL STOCK OPTION GRANT AS DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL REQUIRE MINIMUM FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE EMPLOYER SUCH THAT NET INCOME ACHIEVED IS NO LESS THAN 50% OF THE BUDGETED AMOUNT OR RETURN ON EQUITY IS NO LESS THAN 6%.

(d) Benefits and Vacation. During the term of the Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to participate in and receive the benefits of certain pension and other retirement benefit plans, profit sharing, stock option, or other plans, benefits, and privileges given to executives of Employer, to the extent commensurate with his then duties and responsibilities as determined by the Board of Directors. The Executive shall also be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation per year. THE EMPLOYER SHALL PAY 100% OF THE EXECUTIVE'S HEALTH INSURANCE PREMIUMS FOR FAMILY COVERAGE AND DISABILITY INSURANCE AS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE EMPLOYER SPONSORED HEALTH PLAN.

(e) Business Expenses. The Employer shall reimburse Executive or otherwise provide for or pay for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance of, or in connection with the business of the Employer, including, but not by way of limitation, travel expenses, car allowance of $500.00 per month, and memberships in professional organizations, dining or country club, and similar benefits, subject to reasonable documentation and other limitations as may be established by the Board of Directors.

2

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION BENEFITS.

(a) Termination for Cause. The Executive's employment may be terminated for Cause at any time without further liability on the part of the Employer. Only the following shall constitute "Cause" for such termination:

(i) gross incompetence, gross negligence, willful misconduct in office or breach of material fiduciary duty owed to the Employer;

(ii) conviction of a felony, a crime of moral turpitude or commission of an act of embezzlement or fraud against the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof;

(iii) failure to cure a material breach by the Executive of a material term of this Agreement after sixty (60) days written notice of the breach; or

(iv) deliberate dishonesty of the Executive with respect to the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

(b) Termination as a Consequence of Death or Disability. If the Executive dies or becomes disabled while employed by Employer, Executive and/or his estate shall be entitled to the following:

(i) Employer shall pay Executive or his estate commission and bonus payments accrued by Executive prior to his death or disability, regardless of their closing date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such commissions and bonuses were calculated; and

(ii) Employer shall pay Executive or his estate any bonuses that would have been paid to Executive for a period of six (6) months following his death or disability, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such bonuses were calculated.

For purposes of this Section 4, Executive is "disabled" if he is unable to perform substantially all of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, which disability lasts for an uninterrupted period of at least 180 days or a total of at least 240 days in any calendar year (as determined by the opinion of an independent physician selected by the Board of Directors).

(c) Termination by the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder with or without Good Reason (as defined below) by written notice to the Board of Directors of the Employer effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice by the Board of Directors. In the event the Executive terminates his employment hereunder for Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits specified in Section 4(d) and the Executive shall not be required to render any further services to the Employer. Upon termination of employment by the Executive without Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation or benefits under this Agreement. "Good Reason" includes:

(i) the failure by the Employer to comply with the provisions of Section 3 or material breach by the Employer of any other provision of this Agreement, which failure

3

or breach shall continue for more than sixty (60) days after the date on which the Board of Directors of the Employer receives a written notice;

(ii) the assignment of the Executive without his consent to a position, responsibilities, or duties of a materially lesser status or degree of responsibility than his position, responsibilities, or duties at the Commencement Date;

(iii) the requirement by the Employer that the Executive be based at any office location that is greater than thirty (30) miles from Executive's current office location;

(iv) actions on the part of the Employer that are designed to or have the effect of making it impossible for Executive to or materially impair Executive's ability to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder;

(v) any Change of Control (as defined in Section 14) of Access.

A transaction described in clause (v) above shall only be deemed to be "Good Reason" if the Executive terminates his employment by written notice to the Board of Directors of the Employer within 180 days after the occurrence thereof.

(d) Certain Termination Benefits. In the event of termination by the Employer without Cause, or by the Executive with Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits:

(i) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, Employer shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary in effect on the date of termination FOR A PERIOD OF 3 YEARS, such payments to be made on the same periodic dates as salary payments would have been made to the Executive had this employment not been terminated, unless the Employer elects to make a lump sum severance payment in an equivalent amount within thirty (30) days of the date of termination; provided, however, that the Employer shall be required to make a lump sum severance payment in an equivalent amount within thirty
(30) days of the date of termination in the event the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as a result of a Change of Control.

(ii) To the extent the Executive is eligible for commissions, Employer shall pay Executive commissions for any loans originated by Executive prior to the date of termination, regardless of their closing date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such commissions were calculated.

(iii) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, Employer shall pay Executive any bonuses that would have been paid to Executive from the date of termination to the Expiration Date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such bonuses were calculated.

(iv) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, the Executive shall continue to receive medical, life and liability insurance benefits

4

pursuant to plans made available by the Employer to its employees at the expense of the Employer to substantially the same extent the Executive received such benefits on the date of termination (it being acknowledged that the post-termination plans may be different from the plans in effect on the date of termination). For purposes of application of such benefits, the Executive shall be treated as if he had remained in the employ of the Employer, with an annual Base Salary plus commission and bonus at the rate in effect on the date of termination.

(v) The Employer's obligation to provide the Executive with medical and other insurance benefits pursuant to Section 4(d)(iv) hereof shall terminate with respect to each particular type of insurance in the event the Executive becomes employed and has made available to him in connection with such employment that particular type of insurance, so long as such insurance is substantially similar to the insurance provided by the Employer.

(vi) In the event the termination date is within 9 months of the expiration date, the expiration date will be extended to be 9 months after the termination date.

5. NONCOMPETITION AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

(a) Noncompetition. During the initial term and any successive term of this Agreement and for one year following the termination or cessation of his employment for any reason other than a termination by Employer without Cause or a termination by Executive for Good Reason (other than a termination by the Executive pursuant to Sections 4(c)(v) and (vi) in which case this Section 6(a) will apply) (the "Restricted Period"), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder (except as a passive investor owning less than 5% of any class of voting securities of any entity), consultant, agency, executive, co-venturer or otherwise, or through any Person compete with Employer's business (as defined below) in any location within a ten
(10) mile radius of an office in which the Employer is conducting business at the time of the termination or cessation. In addition, during the Restricted Period, Executive will not (i) hire or attempt to hire any officer or employee of Employer or encourage any such officer or employee to terminate his or her relationship with Employer, (ii) solicit or encourage any customer of Employer to terminate its relationship with Employer, or (iii) conduct with any Person any business or activity which such Person conducts with Employer, (iv) organize a business that will engage in any business activity of the employer's business. For purposes of this Employment Agreement, the Employer's business shall be defined to include retail mortgage originations or the management of a retail mortgage origination operation, loans and commercial and retail banking.

(b) Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Confidential Information (as defined below) and all physical manifestations thereof, are confidential to and shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon request by Employer, and in any event upon termination of Executive's employment with Employer for any reason, Executive shall promptly deliver to Employer all property belonging to Employer including, without limitation, all Confidential Information (and all manifestations thereof then in his custody, control or possession). Executive agrees that during the term of this contract with Employer and for a period of two years following the termination of such

5

employment, Executive shall not disclose or make available, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information to any Person, except in the proper performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, with the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of Employer, or as required by law.

(c) Definition of Confidential Information. For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information" shall mean any and all data and information relating to the business of Employer and its affiliated companies, which (i) is disclosed to Executive during the course of his employment with Employer, and (ii) has value to Employer and is not generally known by its competitors. Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that (i) has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by Employer or has become generally known to the public (except where such public disclosure has been made by or through Executive or by a third person or entity with the knowledge of Executive in violation of this Agreement), (ii) has been independently developed and disclosed by parties other than Executive or Employer to Executive or the public generally without breach of any obligation of confidentiality by any such person running directly or indirectly to Employer, or (iii) otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means. Confidential information may include, but is not limited to information relating to the financial affairs, customers, products, processes, services, executives, Executive compensation, and marketing of Employer and its affiliated companies, or public information that has been assembled and analyzed by Employer or its affiliated companies so as to make its use unique and beneficial to Employer or its affiliated companies and not available to the public in the manner, format or methods developed by Employer or its affiliated companies.

(d) Specific Performance. The Executive recognizes and agrees that the violation of Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) (collectively, the "Restrictive Covenants") may not be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages and that, in addition to any other relief to which the Employer may be entitled by reason of such violation, it shall also be entitled to permanent and temporary injunctive and equitable relief and, pending determination of any dispute with respect to such violation, no bond or security shall be required in connection therewith.

(e) Definition of "Person". For all purposes of this Section 6, the term "Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization.

ALL BENEFITS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE RESPECTIVE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL CEASE AS OF THE TERMINATION DATE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT OR RELATED CONTRACT OR PLAN.

6. WITHHOLDING. All payments required to be made by the Employer hereunder to the Executive shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Employer may reasonably determine should be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

7. ASSIGNABILITY. Subject to Section 4(c) hereof, the Employer may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any corporation, company or other entity with or into which the Employer may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the employer may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said

6

corporation, company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the-Employer hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or their rights and obligations hereunder. The a Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder.

8. NOTICE. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when sent via regular mail or certified mail, facsimile, or overnight delivery addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

To the Employer:

Chairman, Board of Directors

Access National Bank
14006 Lee Jackson Memorial Highway Chantilly, Virginia 20151

Copy to:

Jacob A. Lutz, III, Esquire

Mays & Valentine, L.L.P.

Post Office Box 1122
Richmond, Virginia 23208-1122

To the Executive:

Robert C. Shoemaker

Access National Bank
14006 Lee Jackson Memorial Highway Chantilly, Virginia 20151

9. AMENDMENT; WAIVER. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer or officers as may be specifically designated by the Boards of Directors of the Employer to sign on their behalf. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

10. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

11. NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS. Nothing contained herein shall create or require the Employer to create a trust of any kind to fund any benefits which may be payable hereunder, and to the extent that the Executive acquires a right to receive benefits from the Employer hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer.

12. CHANGE IN CONTROL. For all purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall mean:

7

(a) The acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person"), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of Access (the "Outstanding Access Common Stock"); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control; (i) any acquisition directly from Access (excluding an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege),
(ii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Access, or (iii) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction described in subsection (c) of this Section 14 if, upon consummation of the transaction, all of the conditions described in subsection
(c) are satisfied;

(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by Access's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding for this purpose any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-1 1 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other, actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c) Approval by the shareholders of Access of either (1) a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation of Access by, with or into any other corporation or (2) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Access (any of the foregoing transactions, a "Reorganization"); provided, however, that approval by the shareholders of a Reorganization shall not constitute a Change in Control if, upon consummation of the Reorganization, each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(i) more than 60% of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or disposition of assets) is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Outstanding Access Common Stock immediately prior to the Reorganization in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such transaction, of the Access Company Common Stock;

(ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Access) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or disposition of assets), or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and

(iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or

8

disposition of assets) were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement providing for the Reorganization.

13. ARBITRATION. If any dispute between Employer and Executive shall arise under this agreement, the Executive or his estate will select, within 5 days, a nationally or regionally recognized independent accounting firm mutually acceptable to each party (the agreement to the selection of which shall not be unreasonably withhold) to resolve any such differences (the "Arbitrator". The Arbitrator shall settle any remaining disputed items by selecting the position of the party that the Arbitrator determines, in its sole discretion, to be the most correct, and the fees and expenses of such Arbitrator shall be borne by the party whose position was not selected by the Arbitrator; The determination of the Arbitrator shall be set forth in writing, delivered to each of the Employer and the Executive or his estate and shall be final and binding on the parties hereto.

14. NO MITIGATION. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any such benefits be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as a result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination or otherwise.

15. HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference, purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement

16. VALIDITY. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which remain in full force and effect.

17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

ACCESS NATIONAL BANK

By: /s/ Joan Edgemund
   ------------------------
   Joan Edgemund (Director)

EXECUTIVE

By: /s/ Robert C. Shoemaker
   ------------------------
   Robert C. Shoemaker

650653v1

9

EXHIBIT 10.3

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated this 15th day of December, 1999, between Access National Bank (in organization), a national banking association (the "Employer") and Charles Wimer (the "Executive").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Executive has significant experience in banking, financial management and general business management; and

WHEREAS, the Employer considers the continued availability of the Executive's services to be important to the management and conduct of the Employer's business and desires to secure for themselves the continued availability of the Executive's services; and

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to make his services available to the Employer on the same terms and subject to the same conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements. contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT. The Executive shall be employed as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Employer. The Executive shall have such duties and responsibilities as are commensurate with such positions and shall also render such other services and duties as may be reasonably assigned to him from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer, consistent with his positions. The Executive hereby accepts and agrees to such employment.

2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. The term of employment shall begin on January 1, 2000 (the "Commencement Date") and continue for five years; provided. however, that the term shall be extended automatically for an additional period of two years at the end of the initial and all subsequent two year terms, unless either the Executive or the Employer gives written notice to the other at least 120 days prior to the end of any such term of such party's election not to extend the term of this Agreement. The last day on the last term or extended term of this Agreement is referred to herein as the "Expiration Date." All benefits and obligations of the respective parties under this Agreement shall cease as of the Expiration Date unless specifically provided for in this Agreement or related contract or plan.

This agreement is null and void in the event the Executive is not approved as an Executive Officer of the Employer by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency within 45 days following the date hereof.


3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

(a) Base Salary. For all services rendered by the Executive under this Agreement, the Employer shall pay the Executive an annual base salary of $85,000 per year (the "Base Salary"). At the conclusion of the second consecutive fiscal quarter of profitable operation of the Bank, the Base Salary shall be increased to $95,000 per annum and will increase at the end of each subsequent fiscal year end thereafter at the discretion of the Board of Directors, provided such increases are at a rate of no less than 7.5% of the then existing Base Salary. The minimum annual increases as described herein shall require minimum financial performance of the employer such that Net Income achieved is no less than 75% of the budgeted amount or Return on Equity is no less than 6% and that the employer receives an unqualified opinion in connection with the annual independent audit. The Executive's salary shall be payable in accordance with payroll practices of Employer to the officers of the company.

(b) Annual Cash Bonus. As additional compensation, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus from the Employer in an amount up to 30% of Base Salary as based upon a performance evaluation by the Board of Directors contemplating the following equally weighted factors (with a rating of 0-5 assigned to each, 0 meaning failure to perform and 5 meaning excellent performance):

(i) Regulatory Exams/Audit Results;

(ii) Asset Quality

(iii) Return on Equity;

(iv) General Budget Performance;

(v) Performance of duties and responsibilities as delineated in the Job Description and evaluated by the Chief Executive Officer.

(c) Stock Options. As additional compensation, the Executive shall have the right to receive stock options of the Employer in an amount equal to no less than 750 shares of the Employer issued in the public offering of the Employer's securities, which options shall vest and be exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Stock Option Plan adopted by the Employer's Board of Directors and shareholders.

(d) Benefits and Vacation. During the term of the Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to participate in and receive the benefits of certain pension and other retirement benefit plans, profit sharing, stock option, or other plans, benefits, and privileges given to executives of Employer, to the extent commensurate with his then duties and responsibilities as determined by the Board of Directors. The Executive shall also be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation per year. The Employer shall pay 100% of the Executive's health insurance premiums for family coverage and disability insurance as prescribed under the Employer sponsored health plan.

(e) Business Expenses. The Employer shall reimburse Executive or otherwise provide for or pay for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance of or in connection with the business of the Employer, subject to reasonable documentation and other limitations as may be established by the CEO or Board of Directors.

2

4.TERMINATION AND TERMINATION BENEFITS.

(a) Termination for Cause. The Executive's employment may be terminated for Cause at any time without further liability on the part of the Employer. Only the following shall constitute "Cause" for such termination:

(i) gross incompetence, gross negligence, willful misconduct in office or breach of material fiduciary duty owed to the Employer;

(ii) conviction of a felony, a crime of moral turpitude or commission of an act of embezzlement or fraud against the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof;

(iii) failure to cure a material breach by the Executive of a material term of this Agreement after sixty (60) clays written notice of the breach; or

(iv) deliberate dishonesty of the Executive with respect to the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

(b) Termination as a Consequence of Death or Disability. If the Executive dies or becomes disabled while employed by Employer, Executive and/or his estate shall be entitled to the following:

(i) Employer shall pay Executive or his estate commission and bonus payments accrued by Executive prior to his death or disability, regardless of their closing date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such commissions and bonuses were calculated; and

(ii) Employer shall pay Executive or his estate any bonuses that would have been paid to Executive for a period of six (6) months following his death or disability, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such bonuses were calculated.

For purposes of this Section 4, Executive is "disabled" if he is unable to perform substantially all of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, which disability lasts for an uninterrupted period of at least 180 days or a total of at least 240 days in any calendar year (as determined by the opinion of an independent physician selected by the Board of Directors).

(c) Termination by the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder with or without Good Reason (as defined below) by written notice to the Board of Directors of the Employer effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice by the Board of Directors. In the event the Executive terminates his employment hereunder for Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits specified in Section 4(d) and the Executive shall not be required to render any further services to the Employer. Upon termination of employment by the Executive without Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation or benefits under this Agreement "Good Reason" includes:

(i) the failure by the Employer to comply with the provisions of
Section 3 or material breach by the Employer of any other provision of this Agreement, which failure

3

or breach shall continue for more than sixty (60) days after the date on which the Board of Directors of the Employer receives a written notice;

(ii) the assignment of the Executive without his consent to a position, responsibilities, or duties of a materially lesser status or degree of responsibility than his position, responsibilities, or duties at the Commencement Date;

(iii) the requirement by the Employer that the Executive be based at any office location that is greater than thirty (30) miles from Executive's current office location;

(iv) actions on the part of the Employer that are designed to or have the effect of making it impossible for Executive to or materially impair Executive's ability to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder;

(v) any Change of Control (as defined in Section 14) of Access.

A transaction described in clause (v) above shall only be deemed to be "Good Reason" if the Executive terminates his employment by written notice to the Board of Directors of the Employer within 180 days after the occurrence thereof.

(d) Certain Termination Benefits. In the event of termination by the Employer without Cause, or by the Executive with Good Reason, the

Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits:

(i) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, Employer shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary in effect on the date of termination for a period of 1 years, such payments to be made on the same periodic dates as salary payments would have been made to the Executive had this employment not been terminated, unless the Employer elects to make a lump sum severance payment in an equivalent amount within thirty (30) days of the date of termination; provided, however, that the Employer shall be required to make a lump sum severance payment in an equivalent amount within thirty
(30) days of the date of termination in the event the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as a result of a Change of Control.

(ii) To the extent the Executive is eligible for commissions or bonuses, Employer shall pay Executive commissions or bonuses that may have been earned prior to the date of termination.

(iii) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, Employer shall pay Executive any bonuses that would have been paid to Executive from the date of termination to the Expiration Date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such bonuses were calculated.

(iv) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, the Executive shall continue to receive medical, life and liability insurance benefits pursuant to plans made available by the Employer to its employees at the expense of the

4

Employer to substantially the same extent the Executive received such benefits on the date of termination (it being acknowledged that the post-termination plans may be different from the plans in effect on the date of termination). For purposes of application of such benefits, the Executive shall be treated as if he had remained in the employ of the Employer, with an annual Base Salary plus commission and bonus at the rate in effect on the date of termination.

(v) The Employer's obligation to provide the Executive with medical and other insurance benefits pursuant to Section 4(dXiv) hereof shall terminate with respect to each particular type of insurance in the event the Executive becomes employed and has made available to hit in connection with such employment that particular type of insurance, so long as such insurance is substantially similar to the insurance provided by the Employer.

(vi) In the event the termination date is within 9 months of the expiration date, the expiration date will be extended to be 9 months after the termination date.

5. NONCOMPETITION AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

(a) Noncompetition. During the initial term and any successive term of this Agreement and for one year following the termination or cessation of his employment for any reason other than a termination by Employer without Cause or a termination by Executive for Good Reason (other than a termination by the Executive pursuant to Sections 4(c)(v) and (vi) in which case this Section 6(a) will apply) (the "Restricted Period"), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder (except as a passive investor owning less than 5% of any class of voting securities of any entity), consultant, agency, executive, co-venturer or otherwise, or through any Person compete with Employer's business (as defined below) in any location within a ten
(10) mile radius of an office in which the Employer is conducting business at the time of the termination or cessation. In addition, during the Restricted Period, Executive will not (i) hire or attempt to hire any officer or employee of Employer or encourage any such officer or employee to terminate his or her relationship with Employer, (ii) solicit or encourage any customer of Employer to terminate its relationship with Employer, or (iii) conduct with any Person any business or activity which such Person conducts with Employer, (iv) organize a business that will engage in any business activity of the employer's business. For purposes of this Employment Agreement, the Employer's business shall be defined to include retail mortgage originations or the management of a retail mortgage origination operation, loans and commercial and retail banking.

(b) Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Confidential Information (as defined below) and all physical manifestations thereof, are confidential to and shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon request by Employer, and in any event upon termination of Executive's employment with Employer for any reason, Executive shall promptly deliver to Employer all property belonging to Employer including~ without limitation, all Confidential Information (and all manifestations thereof then in his custody, control or possession). Executive agrees that during the term of this contract with Employer and for a period of two years following the termination of such employment, Executive shall not disclose or make available, directly or indirectly, any

5

Confidential Information to any Person, except in the proper performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, with the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of Employer, or as required by law.

(c) Definition of Confidential Information. For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information" shall mean any and all data and information relating to the business of Employer and its affiliated companies, which (i) is disclosed to Executive during the course of his employment with Employer, and (ii) has value to Employer and is not generally known by its competitors. Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that (i) has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by Employer or has become generally known to the public (except where such public disclosure has been made by or through Executive or by a third person or entity with the knowledge of Executive in violation of this Agreement), (ii) has been independently developed and disclosed by parties other than Executive or Employer to Executive or the public generally without breach of any obligation of confidentiality by any such person running directly or indirectly to Employer, or (iii) otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means. Confidential Information may include, but is not limited to information relating to the financial affairs, customers, products, processes, services, executives, Executive compensation, and marketing of Employer and its affiliated companies, or public information that has been assembled and analyzed by Employer or its affiliated companies so as to make its use unique and beneficial to Employer or its affiliated companies and not available to the public in the manner, format or methods developed by Employer or its affiliated companies.

(d) Specific Performance. The Executive recognizes and agrees that the violation of Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) (collectively, the "Restrictive Covenants") may not be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages and that, in addition to any other relief to which the Employer may be entitled by reason of such violation, it shall also be entitled to permanent and temporary injunctive and equitable relief and, pending determination of any dispute with respect to such violation, no bond or security shall be required in connection therewith.

(e) Definition of "Person". For all purposes of this Section 6, the term "Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization.

All benefits and obligations of the respective parties under this Agreement shall cease as of the Termination Date unless specifically provided for in this Agreement or related contract or plan.

6. WITHHOLDING. All payments required to be made by the Employer hereunder to the Executive shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Employer may reasonably determine should withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

7. ASSIGNABILITY. Subject to Section 4(c) hereof the Employer may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any corporation, company or other entity with or into which the Employer may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the employer may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said corporation, company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Employer hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto,

6

but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or their rights and obligations hereunder. The Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder.

8. NOTICE. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when sent via regular mail or certified mail, facsimile, or overnight delivery addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

To the Employer:
Chief Executive Officer
Access National Bank
14006 Lee Jackson Memorial Highway Chantilly, Virginia 20151

Copy to:

Jacob A. Lutz, III, Esquire

Mays & Valentine, LLP.
Post Office Box 1122
Richmond, Virginia 23208-1122

To the Executive:
Charles Wimer
Access National Bank
14006 Lee Jackson Memorial Highway Chantilly, Virginia 20151

9. AMENDMENT; WAIVER. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer or officers as may be specifically designated by the Boards of Directors of the Employer to sign on their behalf. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any party hereto of: or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

10. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

11. NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS. Nothing contained herein shall create or require the Employer to create a trust of any kind to fund any benefits which may be payable hereunder, and to the extent that the Executive acquires a right to receive benefits from the Employer hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer.

12. CHANGE IN CONTROL. For all purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall mean:

(a) The acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or l4(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"))

7

(a "Person"), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of Access (the "Outstanding Access Common Stock"); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control; (i) any acquisition directly from Access (excluding an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege), (ii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Access, or (iii) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction described in subsection (c) of this Section 14 if, upon consummation of the transaction, all of the conditions described in subsection (c) are satisfied;

(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof: constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by Access's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding for this purpose any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c) Approval by the shareholders of Access of either (1) a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation of Access by, with or into any other corporation or (2) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Access (any of the foregoing transactions, a "Reorganization"); provided, however, that approval by the shareholders of a Reorganization shall not constitute a Change in Control if, upon consummation of the Reorganization, each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(i) more than 60% of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or disposition of assets) is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Outstanding Access Common Stock immediately prior to the Reorganization in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such transaction, of the Access Company Common Stock;

(ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Access) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or disposition of assets), or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and

(iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or disposition of assets) were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement providing for the Reorganization.

8

13. ARBITRATION. If any dispute between Employer and Executive shall arise under this agreement, the Executive or his estate will select, within 5 days, a nationally or regionally recognized independent accounting firm mutually acceptable to each party (the agreement to the selection of which shall not be unreasonably withheld) to resolve any such differences (the "Arbitrator"). The Arbitrator shall settle any remaining disputed items by selecting the position of the party that the Arbitrator determines, in its sole discretion, to be the most correct, and the fees and expenses of such Arbitrator shall be borne by the party whose position was not selected by the Arbitrator. The determination of the Arbitrator shall be set forth in writing, delivered to each of the Employer and the Executive or his estate and shall be final and binding on the parties hereto.

14. NO MITIGATION. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any such benefits be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as a result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination or otherwise.

15. HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16. VALIDITY. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

ACCESS NATIONAL BANK

By: [ILLEGIBLE SIGNATURE]

EXECUTIVE

By:  /s/ CHARLES WIMER
   --------------------------------
     Charles Wimer

9

EXHIBIT 10.4

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated this 15 day of June, 1999, between Mortgage Investment Corporation ("MIC"), a Virginia corporation and direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Access National Bank, a national banking association ("Access") (collectively with MIC, the "Employer") and Michael Rebibo (the "Executive").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Executive has heretofore been employed, and currently is rendering services to MIC, as President;

WHEREAS, MIC has as of this date become a subsidiary of Access pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of ________, 1999, which agreement contemplates that, among other things, the Executive will enter into this Employment Agreement as a condition to the closing of the transaction;

WHEREAS, the Employer considers the continued availability of the Executive's services to be important to the management and conduct of the Employer's business and desires to secure for themselves the continued availability of the Executive's services; and

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to make his services available to the Employer and Access on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT. The Executive shall be employed as President of MIC and Senior Vice President of Access. The Executive shall have such duties and responsibilities as are commensurate with such positions and shall also render such other services and duties as may be reasonably assigned to him from time to time by the Employer, consistent with his positions, including but not limited to (A) establishment and implementation of an effective quality control program; (B) establishment and implementation of an effective bank/mortgage division referral program in concert with the Access Executive Vice President in charge of lending; (C) the Executive launching and maintaining of the Access Mortgage website for soliciting/producing mortgage loans. The Executive hereby accepts and agrees to such employment.

2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. The term of employment shall begin on the effective date of merger (the "Commencement Date") and continue for three years; provided, however, that the


term shall be extended automatically for an additional period of two years at the end of the initial three years and all subsequent two-year terms, unless either the Executive or the Employer gives written notice to the other at lest 120 days prior to the end of any such term of such party's election not to extend the term of this Agreement. The last day of the last term or extended the term of this Agreement is referred to herein as the "Expiration Date."

3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

(a) Base Salary. For all services rendered by the Executive under this Agreement, the Employer shall pay the Executive an annual base salary of $90,000 (the "Base Salary"), which shall be increased by seven percent (7%) each year if annual performance goals are reached. The Executive's salary shall be payable in accordance with payroll practices of Employer applicable to officers of the company and will be payable at an annual rate of $150,000 with $60,000 treated as an advance against commissions.

(b) Commissions. Employer shall pay commissions to Executive in the amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of gross commissions as defined by company policy, on loans originated by Executive. The commissions shall be paid monthly as described in (a) above, up to a total of $60,000 per year, with any paid but unearned bonus netted against the cash bonus described in (c) below annually beginning with one year after the commence date.

(c) Annual Cash Bonus. As additional compensation, the Employer shall pay to the Executive an annual cash bonus equal to 20% of the pretax, prebonus, precommission net income of MIC which exceeds $445,000 but is less than $1,000,000, plus 25% of the amount by which the pretax, prebonus net income of MIC exceeds $1,000,000. The bonus shall be paid annually beginning one year after the commencement date. The bonus payment requires a minimum personal production by Executive equal to the lower of $1,000,000 in loan originations or $10,000 in average loan origination fees per month (determined at the end of each annual term).

(d) Benefits and Vacation. During the term of the Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to participate in and receive the benefits of certain pension or other retirement benefit plan, profit sharing, stock option, or other plans, benefits, sick leave, and privileges given to executives of Employer or Access, to the extent commensurate with his then duties and responsibilities as fixed by the Board of Directors of MIC or Access CEO including, but not limited to, family paid health insurance (including dental), existing disability, and $1 million term life. The Employer agrees to give effect to years of service with MIC for purposes of eligibility to participate, eligibility for benefits, and vesting in the Access pension, health and welfare benefit and similar plans. The Executive shall also be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation per year.

(e) Business Expenses. The Employer shall reimburse Executive or otherwise provide for or pay for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance of, or in connection with the business of the Employer, including, but not by way of limitation, travel expenses, car allowance of $600 per month, and memberships in professional organizations, subject to such reasonable documentation and other limitations as may be established by the Board of Directors of the Employer.

2

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION BENEFITS.

(a) Termination for Cause. The Executive's employment may be terminated for Cause at any time without further liability on the part of the Employer. Only the following shall constitute "Cause" for such termination:

(i) gross incompentence, gross negligence, willful misconduct in office or breach of material fiduciary duty owed to the Employer;

(ii) conviction of a felony, a crime of moral turpitude or commission of an act of embezzlement or fraud against the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof;

(iii) failure to cure a material breach by the Executive of a material term of this Agreement after sixty (60) days written notice of the breach; or

(iv) deliberate dishonesty of the Executive with respect to the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

(b) Termination as a Consequence of Death or Disability. If the Executive dies or becomes disabled while employed by Employer, Executive and/or his estate shall be entitled to the following:

(i) Employer shall pay Executive or his estate commission and bonus payments accrued by Executive prior to his death or disability, regardless of their closing date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such commissions and bonuses were calculated; and

(ii) Employer shall pay Executive or his estate any bonuses that would have been paid to Executive for a period of six (6) months following his death or disability, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such bonuses were calculated

For purposes of this Section 4, Executive is "disabled" if he is unable to perform substantially all of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, which disability lasts for an uninterrupted period of at least 180 days or a total of at least 240 days in any calendar year (as determined by the opinion of an independent physician mutually agreed upon by the employee and Board of Directors of Access).

(c) Termination by the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder with or without Good Reason (as defined below) by written notice to the Board of Directors of the Employer effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice by the Board of Directors. In the event the Executive terminates his employment hereunder for Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits specified in Section 4(d) and the Executive shall not be required to render any further services to the Employer. Upon termination of employment by the

3

Executive without Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation or benefits under this Agreement. "Good Reason" includes:

(i) the failure by the Employer to comply with the provisions of Section 3 or material breach by the Employer of any other provision of this Agreement, which failure or breach shall continue for more than sixty (60) days after the date on which the Board of Directors of the Employer receives a written notice;

(ii) the assignment of the Executive without his consent to a position, responsibilities, or duties of a materially lesser status or degree of responsibility than his position, responsibilities, or duties at the Commencement Date;

(iii) the requirement by the Employer that the Executive be based at any office location that is greater than thirty (15) miles from Executive's current office location;

(iv) actions on the part of the Employer that are designed to or have the effect of making it impossible for Executive to materially impair Executive's ability to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder;

(v) any transaction or series of related transactions in which the MIC ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Access; or

(vi) any Change of Control (as defined in Section 14) of Access.

A transaction described in clause (v) or (vi) above shall only be deemed to be "Good Reason" if the Executive terminates his employment by written notice to the Board of Directors of the Employer within 180 days after the occurrence thereof.

(d) Certain Termination Benefits. In the event of termination by the Employer without Cause, or by the Executive with Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits:

(i) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, Employer shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary in effect on the date of termination, such payments to be made on the same periodic dates as salary payments would have been made to the Executive had this employment not been terminated, unless the Employer elects to make a lump sum severance payment in an equivalent amount within thirty (30) days of the date of termination; provided, however, that the Employer shall be required to make a lump sum severance payment in an equivalent amount within thirty (30) days of the date of termination in the event the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as a result of a Change of Control.

(ii) To the extent the Executive is eligible for commissions, Employer shall pay Executive commissions for any loans originated by Executive prior to the date of

4

termination, regardless of their closing date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such commissions were calculated.

(iii) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, Employer shall pay Executive any bonuses that would have been paid to Executive from the date of termination to the Expiration Date, together with information indicating the manner and basis upon which such bonuses were calculated.

(iv) For the period subsequent to the date of termination until the Expiration Date, the Executive shall continue to receive medical, life and liability insurance benefits pursuant to plans made available by the Employer to its employees at the expense of the Employer to substantially the same extent the Executive received such benefits on the date of termination (it being acknowledged that the post-termination plans may be different from the plans in effect on the date of termination). For purposes of application of such benefits, the Executive shall be treated as if he had remained in the employ of the Employer, with an annual Base Salary plus commission and bonus at the rate in effect on the date of termination.

(v) The Employer's obligation to provide the Executive with medical and other insurance benefits pursuant to Section 4(d)(iv) hereof shall terminate with respect to each particular type of insurance in the event the Executive becomes employed and has made available to him in connection with such employment that particular type of insurance, so long as such insurance is substantially similar to the insurance provided by the Employer.

5. POST-TERMINATION AUDIT RIGHTS. Following receipt of any payment to the Executive or his estate or the related information delivered under Section
4(b)(i), 4(b)(ii), 4(d)(ii) or 4(d)(iii) hereof (each a "Post-Termination Payment"), the Employer shall provide one or more representatives of the Executive or his estate (as the case may be, the "Executive Representative") with an opportunity to audit and review the employer's books and records. The Executive or his estate (as the case may be) shall then have sixty (60) days to give notice to the Employer that, based on the review of the Executive Representative, the Executive or his estate has a disagreement ("Disagreement Notice") with Employer regarding the amount of any such Post-Termination Payment and/or the mariner or basis upon which any such Post-Termination Payment was calculated. The Executive or his estate and the Employer will use reasonable efforts to resolve between themselves any items of disagreement contained in the Disagreement Notice. If the Employer and the Executive or his estate do not finally resolve any of the objections within fifteen (15) days after the Employer has received the Disagreement Notice, however, the Employer and the Executive shall use arbitration as described in Section 15 hereof as the method for resolving the objections. Promptly following the delivery of any such determination of the Arbitrator, in the event that the Arbitrator determines that any amount owing to the Executive or his estate under Section 4(b)(i),
4(b)(ii), 4(d)(ii) or 4(d)(iii) hereof exceeds the amount of any Post-Termination Payment paid to the Executive or his estate, the Employer shall promptly pay to the Executive or his estate (as the case may be) the amount of any such difference.

5

6. NONCOMPETITION AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

(a) Noncompetition. During the initial term and any successive term of this Agreement and for two years following the termination or cessation of his employment for any reason other than a termination by Employer without Cause or a termination by Executive for Good Reason (other than a termination by the Executive pursuant to Sections 4(c)(v) and (vi) in which case this Section 6(a) will apply) (the "Restricted Period"), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder (except as a passive investor owning less than 5% of any class of voting securities of any entity), consultant, agency, executive, co-venturer or otherwise, or through any Person compete with Employer's business (as defined below) in any location within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of an office in which the Employer is conducting business at the time of the termination or cessation. In addition, during the Restricted Period, Executive will not (i) hire or attempt to hire any officer or employee of Employer or encourage any such officer or employee to terminate his or her relationship with Employer, (ii) solicit or encourage any customer of Employer to terminate its relationship with Employer, omit (iii), (iv) organize a business that will engage in any business activity of the employer's business. For purposes of this Employment Agreement, the Employer's business shall be defined to include retail mortgage originations or the management of a retail mortgage origination operation. OMIT END OF SENTENCE.

(b) Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Confidential Information (as defined below) and all physical manifestations thereof, are confidential to and shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Upon request by Employer, and in any event upon termination of Executive's employment with Employer for any reason, Executive shall promptly deliver to Employer all property belonging to Employer including, without limitation, all Confidential Information (and all manifestations thereof then in his custody, control or possession). Executive agrees that during the term of this contract with Employer and for a period of two years following the termination of such employment, Executive shall not disclose or make available, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information to any Person, except in the proper performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, with the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of Employer, or as required by law.

(c) Definition of Confidential Information. For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information" shall mean any and all data and information relating to the business of Employer and its affiliated companies, which (i) is disclosed to Executive during the course of his employment with Employer, and (ii) has value to Employer and is not generally known by its competitors. Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that (i) has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by Employer or has become generally known to the public (except where such public disclosure has been made by or through Executive or by a third person or entity with the knowledge of Executive in violation of this Agreement), (ii) has been independently developed and disclosed by parties other than Executive or Employer to Executive or the public generally without breach of any obligation of confidentiality by any such person running directly or indirectly to Employer, or (iii) otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means. Confidential information may include, but is not limited to information relating to the financial affairs, customers, products, processes, services, executives, Executive

6

compensation, and marketing of Employer and its affiliated companies, or public information that has been assembled and analyzed by Employer or its affiliated companies so as to make its use unique and beneficial to Employer or its affiliated companies and not available to the public in the manner, format or methods developed by Employer or its affiliated companies.

(d) Specific Performance. The Executive recognizes and agrees that the violation of Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) (collectively, the "Restrictive Covenants") may not be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages and that, the employer may be entitled to additional remedies as provided for under applicable law.

(e) Definition of "Person". For all purposes of this Section 6, the term "Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization.

7. WITHHOLDING. All payments required to be made by the Employer hereunder to the Executive shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Employer may reasonably determine should be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

8. CERTAIN DAMAGES. If Executive terminates his employment under this Agreement without Good Reason (as defined in Section 4(c)) or if the Employer terminates such employment with Cause (as defined in Section 4(a)), then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this or any other agreement between the parties; (i) Executive shall forfeit all rights to any benefits under this Agreement except as required by law to be granted to such a former employee;
(ii) Executive shall continue to abide by the provisions of Section 6; and (iii) Executive shall pay within fifteen (15) days of such termination the Damage Amount. For purposes of this Agreement, the parties agree Executive's continued employment under the terms of this Agreement is essential to the Employer, and the damages from his termination as described in this Section 8 would be difficult to quantify. The parties agree, therefore, that the Damage Amount shall equal $500,000 during the first year, $420,000 during the second year, and $330,000 during the third year. No Damage Amount will be payable after the third anniversary date of this Employment Agreement. Either party may elect to pay the Damage Amount through offset, in the case of the Employer, or through cancellation, in the case of Executive, of any note payable to the Executive from the Employer. If such note does not bear interest, the present value of such effect or cancellation shall be determined using a 5.00% discount factor. The parties agree that this amount to be paid will be the entire damage for such termination, although it will not affect the Employer's other rights against the Executive for, among other things, breaches of Section G. The parties agree that the provisions of this Section 8 are not a penalty but are a good faith attempt to ascertain the amount of damage here described.

9. ASSIGNABILITY. Subject to Section 4(c) hereof, the Employer may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any corporation, company or other entity with or into which the Employer may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the employer may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said corporation, company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Employer hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but

7

may not otherwise assign this Agreement or their rights and obligations hereunder. The Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder.

10. NOTICE. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when sent via regular mail or certified mail, facsimile, or overnight delivery addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

To the Employer:

Michael W. Clarke, Spokesperson
Access National Bank
Post Office Box 785
Vienna, Virginia 22183-0785

Copy to:

Jacob A. Lutz, III, Esquire
Mays & Valentine, L.L.P.
Post Office Box 1122
Richmond, Virginia 23208-1122

To the Executive:

Michael Rebibo
Mortgage Investment Corporation
8401 Old Courthouse Road, Suite 320 Vienna, Virginia 22182

11. AMENDMENTS; WAIVER. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer or officers as may be specifically designated by the Board of Directors of the Employer to sign on their behalf. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

12. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

13. NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS. Nothing contained herein shall create or require the Employer to create a trust of any kind to fund any benefits which may be payable hereunder, and

8

to the extent that the Executive acquires a right to receive benefits from the Employer hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer.

14. CHANGE IN CONTROL. For all purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall mean:

(a) The acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person"), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of Access (the "Outstanding Access Common Stock"); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control; (i) any acquisition directly from Access (excluding an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege), (ii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Access, or (iii) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction described in subsection (c) of this Section 14 if, upon consummation of the transaction, all of the conditions described in subsection
(c) are satisfied;

(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by Access's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding for this purpose any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c) Approval by the shareholders of Access of either (1) a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation of Access by, with or into any other corporation or (2) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Access (any of the foregoing transactions, a "Reorganization"); provided, however, that approval by the shareholders of a Reorganization shall not constitute a Change in Control if, upon consummation of the Reorganization, each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(i) more than 60% of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or disposition of assets) is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Outstanding Access Common Stock immediately prior to the Reorganization in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such transaction, of the Access Company Common Stock;

(ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Access) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of either
(1) the then

9

outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or disposition of assets), or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and

(iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from the Reorganization (including the transferee in the case of a sale or disposition of assets) were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement providing for the Reorganization.

15. ARBITRATION. If any dispute between Employer and Executive shall arise under this agreement, the Executive or his estate will select, within 5 days, a nationally or regionally recognized independent accounting firm mutually acceptable to each party (the agreement to the selection of which shall not be unreasonably withheld) to resolve any such differences (the "Arbitrator"). The Arbitrator shall settle any remaining disputed items by selecting the position of the party that the Arbitrator determines, in its sole discretion, to be the most correct, and the fees and expenses of such Arbitrator shall be borne by the party whose position was not selected by the Arbitrator. The determination of the Arbitrator shall be set forth in writing, delivered to each of the Employer and the Executive or his estate and shall be final and binding on the parties hereto.

16. NO MITIGATION. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits hereunder by seeing other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any such benefits be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as a result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination or otherwise.

17. HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

18. VALIDITY. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

19. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

MORTGAGE INVESTMENT CORPORATION, INC.

10

By: /s/ Michael J. Rebibo
--------------------------
Michael J. Rebibo

ACCESS NATIONAL BANK

By: /s/ Michael W. Clarke
--------------------------
Michael W. Clarke

EXECUTIVE

By: /s/ Michael Rebibo
--------------------------
Michael Rebibo

622536v4

11

Agreed by:              Compensation Summary - Michael J. Rebibo

                        Current                 Proposed
Positions               President             (b) MIC - President
                        CEO                       ANB - SVP

Base Rate                  $150,000           (c)  $90,000
Draw Rate                  $150,000               $150,000 - recoverable draw

Warrant                 n/a                 Open  $20,163    Yr3        $23,525
 Values                                     Yr 1  $20,163    Yr4        $10,082
                                            Yr 2  $23,525    Yr5         $6,721
                                            Future option pool participation as
                                            may be estab.

Contract
 Term                      n/a                      3 yrs

Commission                 $31,229          50% up to recoverable draw

Annual                     $98,688          20% of pre-tax, pre-bonus/commission        Note (a)
 Cash                                       Net Income over $445M to $1,000M
 Bonus                                      25% of pre-tax, pre-bonus/commission
                                            Net Income over $1,000M

Health Insurance        Family Paid               Family Paid
Disability Coverage     Yes                       Same
Life Insurance          $2MM funds          1 Million Term Life
                        buy/sell
Transportation          Co vehicle                $600/mo allowance

Vacation                no firm plan                 4 weeks
(a)  Bonus payment requires minimum personal production equal to lower of $1MM/month or $10M fees.
(b)  Responsibilities specifically to include:
     1)  Establish and implement an effective quality contract program with review and support of ANB CEC
     2)  Establish & maintain an effective bank/mortgage referral program(s) w/EVP - Lending
     3)  Launch & maintain the Access NB Web Site for solictations processing of mortgages
(c)  Minimum salary increase of 7% if goals are reached as established.


Exhibit 10.5

ACCESS NATIONAL BANK
1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

ARTICLE I
ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND DURATION

1.1 Establishment of the Plan. Access National Bank, a national banking association (the "Company"), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan for the Company and its subsidiaries to be known as the "Access National Bank 1999 Stock Option Plan", as set forth in this document. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in Section 2.1 herein. The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options.

The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on, and shall become effective as of, November 11, 1999 (the "Effective Date"), subject to the approval by vote of shareholders of the Company in accordance with applicable laws. Awards may be granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan, but each such Award shall be subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders.

1.2 Purpose of the Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing incentives to Employees that will promote the identification of their personal interest with the long-term financial success of the Company and with growth in shareholder value. The Plan is designed to provide flexibility to the Company, including its Subsidiaries, in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of Employees upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of its operation is largely dependent. The Plan is also intended to promote a greater identity of interest between Initial Directors and the Company's shareholders by increasing the Initial Directors' proprietary interest in the Company through receipt of Awards.

1.3 Duration of the Plan. The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date, as described in Section 1.1 herein, and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board of Directors of the Company to terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article X herein, until November 10, 2009 (the "Term"), at which time it shall terminate except with respect to Awards made prior to, and outstanding on, that date which shall remain valid in accordance with their terms.

ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS

2.1 Definitions. Except as otherwise defined in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) "Agreement" means a written agreement implementing the grant of each Award signed by an authorized officer of the Company and by the Participant.

(b) "Award" means, individually or collectively, a grant under this Plan of Options.

(c) "Award Date" or "Grant Date" means the date on which the grant of an Award is made under this Plan.

(d) "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company, unless otherwise indicated.

(e) "Change in Control" means the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of either an "Acquisition of Controlling Ownership" (as defined in clause (i) below), a "Change in the


Incumbent Board" (as defined in clause (ii) below), a "Business Combination" (as defined in clause (iii) below), or a "Liquidation or Dissolution" (as defined in clause (iv) below).

(i) "Acquisition of Controlling Ownership" means the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of either (x) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Common Stock") or (y) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Voting Securities"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this clause (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control:

(A) any acquisition directly from the Company;

(B) any acquisition by the Company;

(C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company; or

(D) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with paragraphs (A), (B) and (C) of clause (iii) of this Section 2.1(e).

(ii) "Change in the Incumbent Board" means that individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board. For this purpose, any individual who becomes a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be thereupon considered a member of the Incumbent Board (with his predecessor thereafter ceasing to be a member), but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board.

(iii) "Business Combination" means the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a "Business Combination") unless all of the following occur:

(A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be,

(B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more

-2-

of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination, or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and

(C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board or were elected by such majority at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination.

(iv) "Liquidation or Dissolution" means the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(g) "Committee" means the committee of the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Article III herein, determined separately for the portion of the Plan pertaining to Awards to Employees (including any Initial Director Option Award to an Initial Director who is an Employee) and the portion of the Plan pertaining to Awards to Non-Employee Directors.

(A) The Committee for the portion of the Plan pertaining to Awards to Employees shall consist only of "non-employee directors" as defined in Rule l6b-3, as amended, under the Exchange Act or any similar or successor rule, and unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee for such portion of the Plan shall consist of all non-employee director members of the Board meeting the above requirements.

(B) The Committee for the portion of the Plan pertaining to Awards to Non-Employee Directors shall consist only of members of the Board, and unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee for such portion of the Plan shall consist of all of the members of the Board.

(h) "Company" means Access National Bank or any successor thereto as provided in Article XII herein.

(i) "Employee" means a common law employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Employee does not include Non-Employee Directors.

(j) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k) "Fair Market Value" of a Share means the mean between the high and low sales price of the Stock on the relevant date if it is a trading date, or if not, on the most recent date on which the Stock was traded prior to such date, as reported by NASDAQ National Market System, or if, in the opinion of the Committee, this method is inapplicable or inappropriate for any reason, the fair market value as determined pursuant to a reasonable method adopted by the Committee in good faith for such purpose.

(l) "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means an option to purchase Stock, granted under Article VI or VII herein, which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option or ISO and is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

(m) "Initial Director" means a member of the Board on the first business day after the approval of the Plan by shareholders of the Company.

-3-

(n) "Initial Director Option" means an Option granted to an Initial Director under Article VII herein, which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option unless so designated in the case of an Initial Director who is an Employee.

(o) "Non-Employee Director" means, with respect to Initial Director Options, an individual who is a member of the Board of the Company on the applicable Grant Date and who is not an Employee.

(p) "Non-Qualified Stock Option" or "NQSO" means an option to purchase Stock, granted under Article VI or VII (except where designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the case of an Initial Director who is an Employee) herein, which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

(q) "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(r) "Participant" means an Employee or Non-Employee Director who is granted an Award under the Plan.

(s) "Person" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section(3)(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a "group" as defined in Section 13(d).

(t) "Plan" means the Access National Bank 1999 Stock Option Plan, as described and as hereafter from time to time amended.

(u) "Stock" or "Shares" means the common stock of the Company.

(v) "Subsidiary" shall mean a corporation at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of which is owned by the Company, either directly or through one or more of its Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION

3.1 The Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee which shall have all powers necessary or desirable for such administration. Except as otherwise provided in Article VII, the express grant in this Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. In addition to any other powers and, subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the following specific powers:
(i) to determine the terms and conditions upon which the Awards may be made and exercised; (ii) to determine all terms and provisions of each Agreement, which need not be identical; (iii) to construe and interpret the Agreements and the Plan; (iv) to establish, amend or waive rules or regulations for the Plan's administration; (v) to accelerate the exercisability of any Award; and (vi) to make all other determinations and take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

3.2 Delegation of Certain Duties. The Committee may in its sole discretion delegate all or part of its duties and obligations to designated officer(s) to administer the Plan with respect to Awards to Employees who are not subject to Section 16 of Exchange Act.

-4-

3.3 Selection of Participants. The Committee shall have the authority to grant Awards under the Plan, from time to time, to such Employees as may be selected by it. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Agreement.

3.4 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding.

3.5 Rule 16b-3 Requirements. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board or the Committee may impose such conditions on any Award, and amend the Plan in any such respects, as may be required to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3, as amended (or any successor or similar rule), under the Exchange Act. Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, and except to the extent that the Committee determines otherwise: (i) transactions by and with respect to officers and directors of the Company who are subject to
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (hereafter, "Section 16 Persons") shall comply with any applicable conditions of SEC Rule 16b-3 and (ii) every provision of the Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out the foregoing provisions of this sentence and any provision that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded.

3.6 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as directors or as members of the Committee and the members of the Committee or their delegate shall be indemnified by the Company against reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Award granted or made hereunder, and against all amounts reasonably paid by them in settlement thereof or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, if such members acted in good faith and in a manner which they believed to be in, and not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE IV
STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1 Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3 herein, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards made under the Plan shall not exceed 15,003. Except as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.3 herein, the issuance of Shares in connection with the exercise of, or as other payment for Awards, under the Plan shall reduce the number of Shares available for future Awards under the Plan.

4.2 Lapsed Awards or Forfeited Shares. If any Award granted under this Plan (for which no material benefits of ownership have been received) terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason other than by virtue of exercise of the Award, any Stock subject to such Award again shall be available for the grant of an Award under the Plan.

4.3 Delivery of Shares as Payment. In the event a Participant pays the Option Price for Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option with previously acquired Shares, the number of Shares available for future Awards under the Plan shall be reduced only by the net number of new Shares issued upon the exercise of the Option.

4.4 Capital Adjustments. The number and class of Shares subject to each outstanding Award, the Option Price (as hereinafter defined) and the aggregate number and class of Shares for which Awards thereafter may be made shall be subject to such adjustment, if any, as the Committee in its sole discretion deems appropriate to reflect such events as stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations or reorganizations of or by the Company.

-5-

ARTICLE V
ELIGIBILITY

Persons eligible to participate in the Plan include (i) all Employees who are selected for participation by the Committee in the case of discretionary Awards under the Plan pursuant to Article VI, and (ii) Initial Directors in the case of Awards of Initial Director Options under the Plan pursuant to Article VII.

ARTICLE VI
DISCRETIONARY STOCK OPTIONS FOR EMPLOYEES

6.1 Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Employees at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Shares subject to Options granted to each Participant, provided, however, that (i) no Employee may be granted Options in any calendar year for more than 1,000 Shares (determined without regard to Options which may be granted pursuant to Article VII hereof) and (ii) that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the Award is made) of Shares with respect to which any Participant may first exercise ISOs granted under the Plan during any calendar year may not exceed $100,000 or such amount as shall be specified in Section 422 of the Code and rules and regulation thereunder (determined with regard to Options designated as ISOs which may be granted pursuant to Article VII hereof).

6.2 Option Agreement. Each Option grant to an Employee shall be evidenced by an Agreement that shall specify the type of Option granted, the Option Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, any conditions imposed upon the exercisability of Options in the event of retirement, death, disability or other termination of employment, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. Unless otherwise provided in the Agreement pursuant to which they are received, one-third (1/3rd) of the Shares in each Option grant shall become exercisable on the first, second and third anniversaries of their Grant Date, provided however that, unless otherwise provided in the Agreement pursuant to which they are received, an Option shall be immediately exercisable upon a Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided in the Agreement pursuant to which they arc received, each such Award will be forfeited (whether or not then vested and exercisable) if the Employee to which awarded ceases to be an Employee. The Agreement shall specify whether the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or Non-Qualified Stock Option not intended to be within the provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

6.3 Option Price. The exercise price per share of Stock ("Option Price") covered by an Option granted to an Employee shall be determined by the Committee subject to the following limitations. The Option Price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Stock on the Grant Date. In addition, an ISO granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant, owns (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) Stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company, shall have an Option Price which is at least equal to 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock.

6.4 Duration of Options. Each Option granted to an Employee shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable later than the seventh (7th) anniversary date of its Award Date. In addition, no ISO granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant, owns (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) Stock possessing more than

-6-

10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company, shall be exercisable later than the fifth (5th) anniversary date of its Award Date.

6.5 Exercisability. Options granted to an Employee under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall determine, which need not be the same for all Participants.

6.6 Method of Exercise. Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice to the Company in the form prescribed by the Committee setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares which shall be deemed to include any arrangements approved by the Committee for the delivery to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or margin loan in the case of a "cashless" exercise. The Option Price shall be payable to the Company in full either in cash (including where approved by the Committee, the proceeds of a cashless exercise in the Committee's discretion), by delivery of Shares of Stock valued at Fair Market Value at the time of exercise (in the Committee's discretion), delivery of a promissory note (in the Committee's discretion) or by a combination of the foregoing. As soon as practicable after receipt of written notice and payment, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, stock certificates in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Options exercised, issued in the Participant's name. No Participant who is awarded Options shall have rights as a shareholder until the date of exercise of the Options.

6.7 Restrictions on Stock Transferability. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under the applicable Federal securities law, under the requirements of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any stock exchange upon which such Shares are then listed and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

6.8 Nontransferability of Options. Except as specifically provided in an Agreement pursuant to 6.9 below, no Option granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by such Participant or his guardian or legal representative.

6.9 Transferability of Certain Options. In addition to nontransferable Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options may be granted that are transferable during the lifetime of the Participant, provided that no consideration is paid for the transfer. The transferee of an Option shall be subject to all restrictions applicable to the Option prior to its transfer. The Agreement granting the Option shall set forth the transfer conditions and restrictions. The Committee may impose on any transferable Option and on Stock issued upon the exercise of any Option such limitations and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate.

-7-

ARTICLE VII
OPTIONS FOR INITIAL DIRECTORS

7.1 Initial Director Options. On the later of the first business day after the Organizing Meeting of the shareholders of the Company (if the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company at that meeting), the first day on which the Bank is open for business or such later date as the Committee may determine, the following Options may be granted in consideration of the following persons' services rendered in the organization of the Bank and of future services to be rendered to the Bank:

(a) Fixed Grants - All Initial Directors shall receive an Award of Initial Director Options which shall be Non-Qualified Stock Options in the case of Initial Directors who are Non-Employee Directors or ISOs (if the terms thereof qualify for treatment as an ISO and the Committee designates such Options as ISOs) and/or Non-Qualified Stock Options (as determined by the Committee) in the case of Initial Directors who are Employees for the following number of Shares:

      Name                         Number of Shares

J. Randolph Babbitt                       300
Michael W. Clarke                         367
John W. Edgemond                          367
Thomas M. Kody                            317
Jerry W. Leonard                           38
Jacques Rebibo                            367
Robert C. Shoemaker                       350

Total                                   2,106

(b) Discretionary Grants to Chief Executive Officer and/or Chief Credit Officer -- The Committee is authorized to grant at one time or from time to time one or more Awards of Initial Director Options for not more than 3,449 Shares in the aggregate to the person who is the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and a Director on the first business day after the Organizing Meeting of the shareholders of the Company and/or for not more than 2,448 Shares in the aggregate to the person who is the Chief Credit Officer of the Company and a Director on the first business day after the Organizing Meeting of the shareholders of the Company, which Options shall be ISOs (if the terms thereof qualify for treatment as an ISO and the Committee designates such Options as ISOs) and/or Non-Qualified Stock Options (as determined by the Committee).

7.2 Option Agreement. Each Initial Director Option grant shall be evidenced by an Agreement that shall specify the type of Option granted, the Option Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, any conditions imposed upon the exercisability of Options in the event of retirement, death, disability or other termination of Board service, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

7.3 Option Price. The Option Price of the Initial Director Options granted pursuant to this Article shall be $100.00 per share.

7.4 Exercisability. One-third (1/3rd) of the Shares in each Initial Director Option Award granted pursuant to Section 7.1 shall become exercisable on the first, second and third anniversaries of their Grant Date, provided however that an Initial Director Option Award shall be immediately exercisable if the Initial Director's membership on the Board terminates on account of his death, his retirement in accordance with any Company policy on mandatory retirement for directors, his disability which in the view of the

-8-

Committee prevents or materially impairs his ability to continue service on the Board or his failure to be reelected after requesting to stand for reelection or upon a Change in Control.

7.5 Forfeiture of Initial Director Options. An Initial Director Option which is not then exercisable (including, without limitation, Options granted to an Initial Director who is the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Credit Officer of the Company pursuant to Section 7.1(b)) shall be forfeited if the Initial Director's membership on the Board ceases on account of his resignation, his failure to be reelected due to his unwillingness to stand for reelection or his removal for cause (as determined by the Committee).

7.6 Duration of Initial Director Options. An Initial Director Option shall not be exercisable later than the seventh (7th) anniversary date of its Grant Date. Initial Director Options that are exercisable or that become exercisable upon the Initial Director's termination of membership on the Board will remain exercisable until the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Initial Director Option's Grant Date.

7.7 Method of Exercise and Other Rules. An Initial Director Option may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the Option could be exercised. A partial exercise of an Initial Director Option shall not affect the right to exercise the Initial Director Option from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to the shares remaining subject to the Option. The provisions of Sections 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.9 shall be applicable to Initial Director Options.

ARTICLE VIII
CHANGE IN CONTROL

In the event of a Change in Control of the Company, the Committee, as constituted before such Change in Control, in its sole discretion may, as to any outstanding Award, either at the time the Award is made or any time thereafter, take any one or more of the following actions: (i) provide for the acceleration of any time periods relating to the exercise or realization of any such Award so that such Award may be exercised or realized in full on or before a date initially fixed by the Committee (assuming the Agreement with respect to the Award does not already provide for such acceleration); (ii) provide for the purchase or settlement of any such Award by the Company, upon a Participant's request, for an amount of cash equal to the amount which could have been obtained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of such Participant's rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable; (iii) make such adjustment to any such Award then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change in Control; or (iv) cause any such Award then outstanding to be assumed, or new rights substituted therefor, by the acquiring or surviving corporation in such Change in Control.

ARTICLE IX
MODIFICATION, EXTENSION AND RENEWALS OF AWARDS

Subject to the terms and conditions and within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Awards, or, if authorized by the Board, accept the surrender of outstanding Awards (to the extent not yet exercised) granted under the Plan and authorize the granting of new Awards pursuant to the Plan in substitution therefor, and the substituted Awards may specify a lower exercise price than the surrendered Awards, a longer term than the surrendered Awards or may contain any other provisions that are authorized by the Plan. The Committee may also modify the terms of any outstanding Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no modification of an Award, shall, without the consent of the Participant, adversely affect the rights or obligations of the Participant.

-9-

ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

10.1 Amendment, Modification and Termination. At any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend, or modify the Plan. Such amendment or modification may be without shareholder approval except to the extent that such approval is required by the Code, pursuant to the rules under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, by any national securities exchange or system on which the Stock is then listed or reported, by any regulatory body having jurisdiction with respect thereto or under any other applicable laws, rules or regulations.

10.2 Awards Previously Granted. No termination, amendment or modification of the Plan other than pursuant to Section 4.4 herein shall in any manner adversely affect any Award theretofore granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant.

ARTICLE XI
WITHHOLDING

11.1 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, State and local taxes (including the Participant's FICA or other employment tax obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any grant, exercise, or payment made under or as a result of this Plan.

11.2 Stock Withholding. With respect to withholding required upon the exercise of Non-Qualified Stock Options or upon the occurrence of any other similar taxable event, Participants may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The value of the Shares to be withheld shall be based on Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections shall be irrevocable and be made in writing, signed by the Participant on forms approved by the Committee in advance of the day that the transaction becomes taxable.

ARTICLE XII
SUCCESSORS

All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

ARTICLE XIII
GENERAL

13.1 Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares of Stock under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required.

13.2 Effect of Plan. The establishment of the Plan shall not confer upon any Employee any legal or equitable right against the Company, a Subsidiary or the Committee, except as expressly provided in the Plan. The Plan does not constitute an inducement or consideration for the employment of any Employee,

-10-

nor is it a contract between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Employee. Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee any right to be retained in the service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

13.3 Creditors. The interests of any Participant under the Plan or any Agreement are not subject to the claims of creditors and may not, in any way, be assigned, alienated or encumbered.

13.4 Governing Law. The Plan, and all Agreements hereunder, shall be governed, construed and administered in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia and the intention of the Company is that ISOs granted under the Plan qualify as such under Section 422 of the Code.

13.5 Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

13.6 Required Exercise or Forfeiture of Options by Regulators. All Options shall automatically be subject to exercise or forfeiture if the Company's capital falls below its minimum requirements, as determined by its state or federal primary regulator, and the Company's primary federal regulator so directs the Company to require such exercise or forfeiture.

Adopted by the Board of Directors:

November 11, 1999

646661 v2

-11-

EXHIBIT 10.6

LEASE AGREEMENT

This lease agreement, made and entered into this___ day of February, 1999, by and between WILLIAM J. SPENCER and BLANCA C. SPENCER, parties of the first part, (hereafter referred to as "landlords"), and ACCESS NATIONAL BANK, a proposed national bank in formation party of the second part, (hereafter referred to as "tenant").

WITNESSETH:

Whereas, Landlords own a building known as the "Byrne Building", situated on state route #50, west of state route #657, at Chantilly, Virginia 20151 (herein the "Leased Premises"); and,

Whereas, landlords have agreed to lease the said premises to Tenant, together with the land on which the said building is situated, including a paved parking lot for 30 spaces, with fresh striping, and a driveway around the Byrne Building for use in connection with the Tenant's operation of a "Drive-in Window" related to the Tenant's banking business to be operated on the Leased Premises, and Tenant has agreed to rent the Leased premises upon the terms and conditions of this lease.

Therefore, in consideration of the premises, the mutual promises of the parties hereto and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Tenant and the Landlords hereby agree as follows:

1. This lease shall be for a term of Five (5) years and four (4) months commencing on March 1, 1999, subject to the contingencies set forth in paragraphs nos. 11 and 23 below. Tenant shall pay Landlords the following amounts, payable on the first day of each month:

Initial Rent.

Monthly installments of rent, each in the amount of $3,000.00, shall be due and payable on March 1, 1999, and April 1, 1999;

An installment of rent, in the amount of $4,500.00 shall be due and payable on May 1, 1999: and<

An installment of rent, in the amount of $5,500.00 shall be due and payable on June 1, 1999.

Base rent During Initial Term.

Commencing on July 1, 1999 through June 30, 2000 Tenant shall pay a monthly base rent of Six Thousand, Three Hundred Dollars ($6,300.00) for the Leased Premises, consisting of the building containing 3600 square feet, together with the above-mentioned parking lot and all other real property constituting the Leased Premises.
Commencing July 1, 2000 through June 30, 2004 the annual.base rent (and the corresponding amount of the monthly rent installments) will be increased annually on the 1st day of each July to an amount equal to three percent (3%) above the previous year's annual base rent or in accordance with the Consumer Price Index increases (CPI-U 1967 BASE 100) which ever is greater.

Tenant shall have the option to renew this lease for Two (2) additional terms of Five (5) years each upon the same terms and conditions a provided for herein.

Base Rent During Renewal Terms.

If the first renewal term option (as provided in Paragraph 2 below) is exercised by the Tenant. The annual base rent (and the corresponding amount of the monthly rent installments) will be increased annually during the first renewal term, on the 1st day of July occurring during the renewal term, to an amount


equal to three percent (3%) above the previous year's annual base rent or in accordance with the Consumer Price Index increases (CPI-U 1967 BASE 100) which ever is greater.

If the second renewal term option (as provided in Paragraph 2 below) is exercised by the Tenant, the annual base rent for each, of the five years of the second renewal in accordance with the (CPI-U 1967 BASE 100) whichever is greater above the amount of the annual base rent in effect during the previous year beginning with the last year of the first renewal term. The annual base rent for the 2nd renewal term will be payable in monthly installments equal to 1/12th of the annual base rent, commencing July 1, 2009; and the annual base rent (and corresponding amount of the monthly installments) will be increased annually during the second renewal term, on the 1st day of each July.

Payment of Rent

Rent shall be due on the 1st of each month, mailed directly to Landlord's address (1800 Old Meadow Road Apt. 505, McLean, Virginia 22102-1811). A late charge of five percent (5%) of any payment due and not received within ten (10) days after its due date shall be payable without demand.

2. This lease shall automatically renew for each option year unless the Tenant gives written notice by certified mail to the Landlords, at least three months prior to the commencement of the next five (5) option term, that the Tenant will not renew the lease. In the event the Landlord has a bonafide offer to sell the property to a third party the Landlord reserves the same option to cancel this lease at the end of each five year option term, with written notice by certified mail to the Tenant that the lease cannot be renewed. Landlord, agrees the Tenant shall have the first right of refusal to purchase the Property by accepting the terms of the said contract in its own name for the gross price. Tenant shall have the right within three business days, excluding Saturday and Sunday or any legal holiday to accept the terms.

3. Security Deposit. Tenant shall, deliver a security deposit, in the form of a check in the amount of Three Thousand, Three Hundred Dollars ($3,300.00) payable to the Landlords. The security deposit shall at no time be considered or used for payment on past due rent. The sole purpose of said security deposit shall be to insure payment of all expenses and utilities upon vacation of premises by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the term of this Lease Agreement, Landlords shall, provided Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease Agreement, return said security deposit to tenant. In the event of the sale or transfer of Landlords' interest in the Property, Landlords shall assign and deliver the security deposit to such new Landlord or transferee.

4. Written Limited Guaranty of Lease. Michael W. Clarke agrees to be personally responsible for the Tenant's monthly payment obligations under this lease until the date when a bank charter is issued to the Tenant and for three (3) months after the bank charter is issued. Michael W. Clarke agrees to pay an additional Three Thousand dollar $3000 deposit upon execution of this lease which will be returned to him upon satisfaction of the conditions in this paragraph.

5. Landlords agree that upon Tenant's payment of rent and the due performance and observance of all the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this lease, Tenant shall have the right of quiet enjoyment of the Leased Premises, and this Lease Agreement shall not be terminate or affected by the sale of the Leased Premises to a third party and that any such sale shall be made subject to this Lease Agreement and the rights of the Tenant hereunder. Landlord reserves the right to inspect the outside premises and enter common areas of the building upon reasonable notice to Tenant at least two times each year.

6. Tenants shall pay all taxes and assessments imposed upon the Leased Premises by any lawful authority. Tenant shall have the right to contest, at Tenant's expense any taxes and assessments provided the Landlords' interest in the Leased Premises is not impaired.


7. Tenant will conduct upon the Leased Premises a banking business, subject to the satisfaction of the contingencies contained in Paragraphs Nos. 11 and 23 below. The Leased Premises shall not be put to any other use without the written consent of Landlords.

8. Tenant assumes responsibility for replacement of any plate of glass, which may be broken during the term of this Lease.

9. enant will pay for all electricity consumed by the Tenant and all of the annual cost of water, septic tank pumping, fuel oil and the heating unit annual service contract.

10. Tenant will maintain the existing air conditioning units; however, Tenant shall install (if necessary) any air conditioning units in the event an existing unit fails to provide adequate comfort, as determined by the Tenant. Landlord hereby agrees that if the Tenant chooses, Tenant may, at its own expense, remove and dispose the existing air conditioning units and install heat pump air conditioning, provided Tenant closes and finishes any openings or voids resulting from the removal of the existing units and repairs such openings to match the adjacent areas in a workmanlike manner. Upon vacation of the premises by the Tenant, such improvements will become property of the Landlords.

11. On or before July 1, 1999, Landlords agree to pave such area of land necessary to provide a total of thirty (30) parking spaces, with new striping for the individual spaces. Landlords shall also be responsible to deliver on or before July 1, 1999 a fully operational heating systems, leak free roof structure, access to operational public water service and operational hold pump septic systems.

In addition to the foregoing, the Tenant and/or its agents shall have the right, from the date this lease is fully ratified through April 1, 1999 (the "Study Period"), to cause any test, studies and/or investigations of the Leased Premises concerning: the physical and structural integrity of the building and improvements, the condition of he electrical, mechanical, plumbing, HVAC and septic systems, the status of the Leased Premises under the Americans with Disabilities Act, feasibility of Tenant improvements and/or any other studies related to the Tenant's use of the Leased Premises as a banking facility, as Tenant shall deem necessary or appropriate to determine the condition and feasibility of the Leased Premises.

In the event that said studies and tests do not yield satisfactory results, as determined in the sole discretion of the Tenant, and to the extent this paragraph is not inconsistent with paragraph 12 below, then Tenant shall have the right within said Study Period to terminate this lease by written notice to the landlords. In this event the Landlord shall be entitled to keep the first month's rent installment due on March 1, 1999, the security deposit under paragraph 3, the guaranty of lease deposit under paragraph 4, and any additional payments paid or due payable under the terms of this lease.

Tenant agrees to repair any damage to the Leased Premises caused by said tests and studies, and further agrees to indemnify and hold the Landlords harmless from any loss or damage suffered by Landlords resulting from the tenant" tests and studies.

12. Except as set forth above, Tenant accepts the said premises in "as is" condition and is responsible for providing all improvements as required and desired. Tenant will keep the property in normal working order and condition, including air conditioning, heating and plumbing systems (except for ordinary wear and tear or damage caused by casualty) and will make all repairs and shall take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to keep and maintain the property in good order and condition including painting and repairs as needed to their areas of occupation, outside yard maintenance and snow removal. Landlords will not be liable for any labor, services or materials furnished, or to be furnished to tenant, or to anyone holding the Leased Premises or any part thereof through or under Tenant, and no mechanics' or other liens for any such labor or


materials shall attach to or affect the interest of the Landlords in and to the Leased Premises. If there is no continuing event of default, Tenant may make additions or improvements to or alterations of the Leased Premises. All maintenance and repair, and each such additional

improvement, or alteration (I) must not, individually or in the aggregate, substantially lessen the Fair Market Value of the Property or materially affect the Property's usefulness in Tenant's business,
(ii) shall be completed expeditiously in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all Legal Requirements and all Insurance Requirement, set forth in paragraph No. 15 below, and (iii) shall, to the extent they become permanently affixed to the property, become part of the Property and subject to this Lease Agreement.

Except as set forth above, Tenant may install or place or reinstall or replace upon and, if there is no continuing Event of Default, remove from the Property any trade fixtures, inventory, signs, machinery, supplies and equipment. Such trade fixtures, inventory, signs, machinery supplies and equipment and all other non-fixtures shall not become the property of Landlords other than replacements of trade fixture, machinery and equipment which are the property of Landlords, which replacements shall also be the property of Landlords.

13. Tenant intends to install an ATM facility, teller work stations, security systems and vault to be located upon the Leased Premises, which shall remain the Personal Property of Tenant and will be removed by the Tenant upon termination of this Lease, or sooner should the Bank desire, provided, however, Tenant agrees to install cinder block, brick or matching materials in a workmanlike manner to fill in the space occupied by the ATM Machine, and vault should they be removed, and agrees to restore the Leased Premises to its former condition. The Tenant has the right to install any facility needed for any activity Tenant does in connection with its banking business that is legally permissible.

14. If, because of any act or omission of Tenant, any mechanic's lien or other lien, charge or order for the payment of money shall be filed against any Portion of the Property, Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, cause the same to be discharged of record or bonded within Sixty (60) days after written notice from Landlords to Tenant of the filing thereof unless Tenant shall contest the validity of such liens.

If Tenant shall fail to cause such liens to be discharged of record or bonded within the aforesaid Sixty day period (unless Tenant shall contest the validity of such lien as aforesaid) or satisfy such within Sixty (60) days after any judgement in favor of such lien holders from which no further appeal might be taken, then Landlords shall have the right to cause the same to be discharged shall constitute additional Base Rent payable by Tenant to Landlords.

15. At all times during the term of this Lease Agreement, Landlords shall Maintain in effect a policy or policies of property damage insurance covering the building in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of its full replacement value, providing protection against any peril included within the classification Fire and Extended Coverage "all risk"; together with endorsements for flood, earthquake, theft and collapse, if available. Landlords shall be entitled, at its option to include in such policies a reasonable deductible provision not to exceed five percent (5%) per occurrence.

Tenant will maintain with insurers authorized to do business in the state in which the Property is located and which are well rated by any recognized national rating organization:

(a) fire insurance and insurance with respect to risks from time-to-time included under the standard extended coverage endorsement, including vandalism and malicious mischief, if amounts sufficient to prevent Landlords and Tenant from becoming co-insurers of any loss but in any event in amounts not less that the


then Full Insurable Value of the Tenant's Property as determined from time-to-time (but not less often than once every three years) by the insurer of insurers;

(b) comprehensive general public liability insurance against claims for bodily injury, death, or property damage arising out of the use or the occupancy of the Property by Tenant, in a combined single limit amount of not less than Five Hundred thousand Dollars (500,000.00).

Promptly after the Tenant's occupancy of the Leased Premises (I) Tenant shall deliver to Landlords certificates of the insurers evidencing all the insurance which is required to be maintained hereunder by Tenant, and (ii) Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a certificate of the insurer evidencing all insurance required to be maintained hereunder by Landlords; within Thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such insurance, other certificates evidencing the renewal of such insurance.

16. Should the Byrne Building and/or the leased property be destroyed or rendered unfit for occupancy by fire or other casualty, or in the event that through no fault, of he Tenant the premises are not suitable for occupancy due to the failure to obtain water, HVAC, electricity, or other services normally associated with the establishment of a commercial business ( if the said property becomes "not tenantable"), or in the event of a condemnation of all or part of the Leased Premises, Tenant shall have the option to cancel this Lease upon Fifteen (15) days notice. Rent shall abate from the time the premises are destroyed, rendered, unfit for occupancy or otherwise not tenantable. The Security Deposit, and Michael W. Clarke's personal additional Deposit and guaranty shall be returned to Tenant, subject to the terms and conditions of Paragraph No. 3 to satisfy obligations until the cancellation date.

17. Landlords warrant that the premises are properly zoned for use as a commercial banking facility or the Tenant's specified use and Tenant's obligations hereunder are conditioned upon such warranty being true and accurate now and at all times under the Lease. Landlord further warrants that it is aware of no environmental hazards on the property and affirmatively states that the property has not been previously used for, nor is being used for, the operation of a landfill, dump, gasoline station, or for disposal of other hazardous materials. Landlords further warrant that they have the right to enter into this Lease and no authorization of any lender or other party is required for such action. Tenants obligations hereunder are conditioned upon such warranty being true and accurate now and at all times under the Lease. Landlord agrees to hold Tenant harmless from any and all environmental damages associated with the property, which occur as a direct result of anything other than Tenant's occupancy of the Leased Premises.

18. Tenant shall not assign this lease or sublet the Leased Premises without Landlords; consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

19. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Lease, in the event (a) Tenant or its successors or assignees shall become insolvent or bankrupt, or if it or their interest under this lease shall be levied upon or sold under execution or other legal process, or (b) the depository institution then operating on the Leased Premises closed, or is taken over by any depository institution supervisory authority ("Authority"), Landlords may, in either such event, terminate this Lease only with concurrence of any Receiver or Liquidator appointed by such Authority; provided, that in the event this Lease is terminated by the Receiver or Liquidator, the maximum claim of Landlords for rent, damages, or indemnity for injury resulting from termination, rejection, or abandonment of the unexpired Lease shall by law in no event be in an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid rent to the date of termination. Except that if the Principal stockholders of the Tenant establish another business or organization, shall be liable for any injury resulting from termination and the unpaid rent of this Lease.


20. Subordination: This Lease is subject and subordinate to all mortgages or deeds of trust, which may now or hereafter affect or encounter the Demised Premises or the real property of which the

Leased Premises form a part and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extension thereof; provided that the holder(s) of any such mortgage or deed of trust agrees not to disturb the Tenant's rights of possession under this Lease or cancel this Lease so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Tenant covenants and agrees to attorn to the holder(s) of any such mortgage or deed of trust, and/or to any other successors to Landlords, who acquires the Landlords interest in the Leased Premises, whether by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, provided that the said successor party enters into a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and attornment Agreement which recognizes Tenant's rights under this Lease.

21. All notices, demands, or other communications that may be necessary or proper hereunder shall be deemed fully given if personally delivered or when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first class, registered or certified, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

To Tenant:

Access National Bank, a proposed national bank C/o Michael W. Clarke 314
Adahi Road, S.E.
Vienna Virginia 22180-5403

To Landlords:

Wm. J. Spencer
Blanca C. Spencer
1800 Old Meadow Road Apt. 505
McLean, Virginia 22102-1811

Either party may change their address for notices by giving the other party written notice, in accordance with the above provisions, ten (10) days prior to the date of such address change.

22. The rights, benefits, privileges and liabilities under this Lease shall be binding upon the heirs, administrators and successors of the parties hereto.

23. The Landlords and Tenant acknowledge the Tenant has an application for a national bank charter pending with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Upon issuance of the final charter, the Tenant expects to be duly organized under the law of the United States as a national banking association. In the event the Tenant is unable to obtain a charter prior to March 1, 2000, the Tenant has the right to cancel this Lease Agreement by sending 15 days prior written notice to Landlords and provided the Tenant pay a cancellation penalty in the amount of Nineteen Thousand, Eight Hundred Dollars ($19,800.00). The Security Deposit and the additional security guaranty will be returned subject to the applicable conditions.

In Witness Whereof, the parties have caused this Lease to be duly executed on the dates set


forth beneath their respective signatures below. This Lease shall for all purposes be deemed to fully executed, upon ratification by each of the parties hereto, as of the latest of the dates of execution shown below.

                                                LANDLORDS:

                                                                   (SEAL)
----------------------                   -------------------------
Date                                            William J. Spencer

                                                                   (SEAL)
----------------------                   -------------------------
Date                                            Blanca C. Spencer


                                                TENANT:

                                          ACCESS NATIONAL BANK,
                                  A proposed national bank in formation


                                     By:                          (SEAL)
----------------------                   -------------------------
  Date                                    Michael W. Clarke, Agent

                                                Guarantor:

                                                                   (SEAL)
----------------------                   -------------------------
  Date                                    Michael W. Clarke


EXHIBIT 10.7

DEED OF LEASE

BETWEEN

WJG, LLC

As Landlord,

AND

ACCESS NATIONAL MORTGAGE

As Tenant

Dated: September 7, 2001

For Premises Located at 8233 Old Courthouse Road, Vienna, Virginia

Draft prepared September 7, 2001


                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

              [page references need to be updated]


ARTICLE 1
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS                                               1
1.1      Premises                                                    1
1.2      Building                                                    1
1.3      Term                                                        1
1.4      Commencement Date                                           1
1.5      Expiration Date                                             1
1.6      Basic Rent                                                  1
1.7      Security Deposit                                            1
1.8      Expense Stop                                                1
1.9      Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses          1
1.10     Parking Space Allocation                                    1
1.11     Permitted Use                                               1
1.12     Tenant's Trade Name                                         2
1.13     Broker(s)                                                   2
1.14     Landlord's Address                                          2
1.15     Tenant's Address                                            2

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS                                                          2
2.1      Additional Rent                                             2
2.2      Agents                                                      2
2.3      Alterations                                                 2
2.4      Calendar Year                                               2
2.5      Common Area                                                 2
2.6      Event of Default                                            2
2.7      Herein, hereafter, hereunder and hereof                     2
2.8      Interest Rate                                               2
2.9      Land                                                        2
2.10     Lease Year                                                  2
2.11     Mortgage                                                    3
2.12     Mortgagee                                                   3
2.13     Operating Expenses                                          3
2.14     Parking Facilities                                          3
2.15     Real Estate Taxes                                           3
2.16     Rent                                                        3
2.17     Rules and Regulations                                       3
2.18     Substantial Completion                                      3
2.19     Substantial Part                                            3
2.20     Project                                                     3
2.21     Legal Requirements                                          3


                              -ii-

ARTICLE 3
PREMISES                                                            3
3.1      Lease of Premises                                          3
3.2      Landlord's Reservations                                    4


ARTICLE 4
LANDLORD'S CASH CONCESSION                                          4

ARTICLE 5
RENT                                                                4
5.1      Basic Rent                                                 4
5.2      Payment of Basic Rent                                      4
5.3      Additional Rent                                            5

ARTICLE 6
SECURITY DEPOSIT                                                    5
6.1      General                                                    5
6.2      Security in the form of Cash                               5

ARTICLE 7
OPERATING EXPENSES                                                  5
7.1      Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses         5
7.2      Operating Expenses Defined                                 6
7.3      Exclusions from Operating Expenses                         7
7.4      Estimated Payments                                         8
7.5      Actual Operating Expenses                                  8
7.6      Tenant's Right to Audit                                    8
7.7      Controlled Operating Expenses                              9

ARTICLE 8
TAXES                                                               9

ARTICLE 9
PARKING                                                             9
9.1      Parking Spaces                                             9
9.2      Changes to Parking Facilities                              9

ARTICLE 10
USE                                                                10
10.1                                                               10
10.2     Payment of Taxes                                          10

ARTICLE 11
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING                                          10
11.1     Consent                                                   10



                              -iii-

11.2     [Deleted.]                                                   11

ARTICLE 12
MAINTENANCE                                                           11
12.1     Landlord's Obligation                                        11
12.2     Tenant's Obligation                                          11
12.3     Compliance with Legal Requirements                           11
12.4     Landlord's Right to Maintain Repair                          12

ARTICLE 13
ALTERATIONS                                                           12
13.1     Landlord's Obligations                                       12
13.2     Alterations                                                  12
13.3     Removal of Alterations                                       13
13.4     Landlord Alterations                                         13

ARTICLE 14
SIGNS                                                                 13

ARTICLE 15
TENANT'S EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY                                       14
15.1     Moving Tenant's Property                                     14
15.2     Installing and Operating Tenant's Equipment                  14

ARTICLE 16
RIGHT OF ENTRY                                                        14

ARTICLE 17
INSURANCE                                                             14
17.1     Insurance Rating                                             14
17.2     Liability Insurance                                          14
17.3     Insurance for Personal Property                              15
17.4     Contractual Liability Insurance                              15
17.5     Requirements of Insurance Coverage                           15
17.6     Prohibition Against Concurrent Insurance                     15
17.7     Waiver of Subrogation                                        15
17.8     Security                                                     16

ARTICLE 18
LANDLORD SERVICES AND UTILITIES                                       16
18.1     Ordinary Services to the Premises                            16
18.2     After-Hours Services to the Premises                         16
18.3     Landlord's Right to Meter Tenant's Electrical Usage          17

ARTICLE 19
LIABILITY OF LANDLORD                                                 17



                              -iv-

19.1     No Liability                                                 17
19.2     Indemnity                                                    17
19.3     No Personal Liability; Sale                                  17

ARTICLE 20
RULES AND REGULATIONS                                                 18

ARTICLE 21
DAMAGE; CONDEMNATION                                                  18
21.1     Damage to the Premises                                       18
21.2     Landlord Released from Liability                             18
21.3     Condemnation                                                 19

ARTICLE 22
DEFAULT                                                               19
22.1     Events of Default                                            19
22.2     Landlord's Remedies                                          19
22.3     Rights Upon Possession                                       20
22.4     No Waiver                                                    20
22.5     Right of Landlord to Cure Tenant's Default                   20
22.6     Late Payment; Interest                                       21
22.7     Landlord Default                                             21

ARTICLE 23
MORTGAGES                                                             21
23.1     Subordination; Nondisturbance                                21
23.2     Mortgagee Protection                                         22
23.3     Modification Due to Financing                                22

ARTICLE 24
SURRENDER; HOLDING OVER                                               22
24.1     Surrender of the Premises                                    22
24.2     Holding Over                                                 22

ARTICLE 25
QUIET ENJOYMENT                                                       23

ARTICLE 26
TENANT'S COVENANTS REGARDING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS                      23
26.1     Definition                                                   23
26.2     General Prohibition                                          23
26.3     Notice                                                       23
26.4     Survival                                                     24

ARTICLE 27
MISCELLANEOUS                                                         24



                               -v-

27.1     No Representations by Landlord                               24
27.2     No Partnership                                               24
27.3     Brokers                                                      24
27.4     Estoppel Certificates                                        24
27.5     Waiver of Injury Trial                                       25
27.6     Notices                                                      25
27.7     Invalidity of Particular Provisions                          25
27.8     Gender and Number                                            25
27.9     Benefit and Burden                                           25
27.10    Entire Agreement                                             25
27.11    Authority                                                    25
27.12    Attorney's Fees                                              26
27.13    Interpretation                                               26
27.14    Time of the Essence                                          26
27.15    Force Majeure                                                26
27.16    Headings                                                     26
27.17    Memorandum of Lease                                          26
27.18    Landlord Decisions                                           27
27.19    Landlord's Compensation for Tenant Delays                    27
27.20    Effectiveness                                                27

-vi-

LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-1                         Plan Showing Premises
Exhibit A-2                         Plat Showing Land And Building
Exhibit B                           [deleted]
Exhibit C                           Rules and Regulations
Exhibit D                           Estoppel Certificate
Exhibit E                           Extension Options

Guaranty Agreement

-vii-

DEED OF LEASE

THIS DEED OF LEASE (this "Lease") is made as of the 7th day of September, 2001 (the "Lease Date"), by WJG, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company ("Landlord") and ACCESS NATIONAL MORTGAGE CORPORATION, a Virginia corporation, or permitted assigns ("Tenant").

Landlord and Tenant, intending legally to be bound, hereby covenant and agree as set forth below:

ARTICLE 1
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

The following terms, when used herein, shall have the meanings set forth below:

1.1 Premises. The entire third (3rd) floor, consisting of approximately 9,417 rentable square feet located in the Building, as outlined on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and made a part hereof, and such non-exclusive rights as are described expressly in this Lease.

1.2 Building.The building containing approximately 28,648 rentable square feet shown on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and all alterations, additions, improvements, restorations or replacements now or hereafter made thereto, with an address of 8233 Old Courthouse Road, Vienna, Virginia 22182.

1.3 Term. Five (5) years, subject to Exhibit E, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

1.4 Commencement Date. December 1, 2001 or such earlier date as the tennent is able to commence operating its business in the premises.

1.5 Expiration Date. The date which is Five (5) years after the Commencement Date, unless the Commencement Date is extended as provided in this Lease.

1.6 Basic Rent. During the first Lease Year (defined below) the Tenant shall pay Basic Rent in the total of $116,591.00 in monthly installments as follows:

$1,382.58 per month for he first six (6) months, beginning the Commencement Date; and $18,049.25 per month (based on 23.00 per each rentable square foot) for the remaining six (6) months of the first Lease Year.

Beginning on the first day of the second Lease Year, the Basic Rent shall be increased annually for each Lease Year by three percent (3%) over the previous Lease Year's Basic Rental rate.


1.8 Expense Stop. Operating Expenses (defined below) for the calendar year 2001; subject, however, to Article 7.2.

1.9 Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses. 32.9% of the Operating Expenses allocable to the Building and Land (rentable square feet of Premises divided by rentable square feet of Building.

1.10 Parking Space Allocation. See Article 9.

1.11 Permitted Use. General office use for banking, mortgage company operations and other financial services, together with other general office use, including without limitation use by professionals such as accountants and attorneys, and all office uses incidental thereto, or other general office use as further defined by but also subject to zoning and other applicable laws. "Permitted Use" shall not include any use, regardless of its being permitted by applicable zoning, that in Landlord's sole but reasonable discretion or observation entails, or may be expected to entail, use of or demand for any one or more building services or facilities substantially in excess of the demands anticipate by Landlord for the Tenant name herein (such as, for purposes of illustration only, a "call center" use). Also see Article 10.

1.12 Tenant's Trade Name. Access National Mortgage.

1.13 Broker. Landlord's: Jefferson Commercial Real Estate.

1.14 Landlord's Address. c/o Jefferson Commercial Real Estate, Agents for Landlord, 8230 Boone Boulevard, Suite 300, Vienna Virginia 22182, Attention: Michael Rebibo, President.

1.15 Tenant's Address. Prior to Commencement Date: 8401 Old Courthouse Rd. Vienna, Virginia 22182, Attention: Michael Rebibo, President; following Commencement Date: 8233 Old Courthouse Road, Suite 300, Vienna Virginia 22182, Attention: Michael Rebibo, President.

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS

The following terms, when used herein, shall have the meaning set forth below.

2.1 Additional Rent. As defined in Section 5.3.

2.2 Agents. Officers, partners, directors, shareholders, members, managers, employees, agents, licensees, customers, contractors and invitees.

2.3 Alternatives. Alterations, decorations, additions or improvements of any kind or nature to the Premises or the Building, whether structural or non-structural, interior, exterior, or otherwise.


2.4 Building Standard. The quality of materials, finishes and workmanship normally found in the Building or, if none, are found, in the buildings of similar quality.

2.5 Calendar Year. A period of twelve (12) months commencing on each January 1 during the Term, except that the first Calendar Year shall be that period from and including the Commencement Date through December 31 of that same year, and the last Calendar Year shall be that period from and including the last January 1 of the Term through the earlier of the Expiration Date or date of Lease Termination.

2.6 Common Area. All areas, improvements, facilities and equipment from time to time designated by Landlord for the common use or benefit of more than one tenant of the Building and their Agents, including, without limitation, entrances and exits, landscaped areas, exterior lighting, loading areas, pedestrian walkways, sidewalks, atriums, courtyards, concourses, stairs, ramps, washrooms, maintenance and utility rooms and closets, exterior utilities lines, hallways, lobbies, elevators and their housing and rooms, common window areas, common walls, common ceilings, common trash areas and Parking Facilities. Any such areas or features that are internal to the Premises demised hereby shall not be considered to be Common Areas.

2.7 Event of Default. As defined in Article 22.

2.8 Herein, hereafter, hereunder and hereof. Under this Lease, including, without limitation, all Exhibits, Riders, and addenda.

2.9 Interest Rate. The highest per annum interest rate listed as the base rate on corporate loans at large U.S. money center commercial banks, as published from time to time under "Money Rates" in the Wall Street Journal, plus three percent (3%), but in no event greater than the maximum rate permitted by law. In the event the Wall Street Journal ceases to publish such rates, Landlord shall choose at Landlord's sole discretion a similar publication which publishes such rates.

2.10 Land. The piece or parcel of land described in Exhibit A-2 and all rights, easements and appurtenances thereunto belonging or pertaining, or such portion thereof as shall be allocated by Landlord to the Building.

2.11 Lease Year. Each consecutive twelve (12) month period elapsing after (I) the Commencement Date if the Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a month, or (ii) the first day of the month following the Commencement Date if the Commencement Date does not occur one the first day of a month.

2.12 Mortgage. Any mortgage, deed of trust, security interest or title retention interest affecting the Building or the Land.

2.13 Mortgagee. The holder of any note or obligation secured by a Mortgage, including, without limitation, lessors under ground leases, sale-leasebacks and lease-leasebacks.

2.14 Operating Expenses. As defined in Section 7.2.


2.15 Parking Facilities. All parking areas now or hereafter made available by Landlord for use by tenants, including, without limitation, open-air parking, parking decks and parking areas under or within the Building, whether reserved, exclusive, non-exclusive or otherwise.

2.16 Real Estate Taxes. As defined in Article 8.

2.17 Rent. Basic Rent and additional Rent.

2.18 Rules and Regulations. The rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof, as the same may be amended or supplemented by Landlord from time to time.

2.19 Substantial Part. More than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises or the Building, as the case may be.

2.20 Project. The Building, Land (including without limitation all Parking Facilities), and all structures located on the Land.

2.21 Legal Requirements. All laws, statues, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements, including without limitation all mandatory energy conservation requirements and Americans with Disabilities Act requirements applicable to the Building, of all federal, state and municipal governments, and the appropriate agencies, officers, departments, boards and commissions thereof, whether now or hereafter in force, which are or may hereafter become applicable to the Land, the Building, or any part thereof, as applicable; all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations relating to the use on, storage in, and the removal from, the Land and/or the Building of hazardous or toxic material, petrochemical products or asbestos or products containing asbestos; notices from a Mortgagee of the Building as to the manner of use or occupancy or the maintenance, repair or condition of the Premises, the Land and/or the Building; and all covenants, conditions and restrictions of record affecting the use or occupancy of the Building.

ARTICLE 3
PREMISES

3.1 Lease of Premises. In consideration of the agreements contained herein, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord, for the Term and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter provided. As an appurtenance to the Premises, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, together with other tenants of the Building, their Agents and the Landlord, to use the Common Area. Landlord shall retain absolute dominion and control over the Common Area and shall operate and maintain the Common Area in such manner as Landlord, in its sole reasonable discretion, shall determine; provided, however, that such exclusive right shall not operate to prohibit or materially disrupt Tenant from


its use of the Premises for the Permitted Use. Landlord expressly reserves the right permanently to change, modify or eliminate, or temporarily to close, any portion of the Common Area, Provided that such does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises and does not diminish or unreasonably alter the size or configuration of the Premises. The Premises are leased subject to, and Tenant agrees not to violate, all present and future covenants, conditions and restriction record which affect the Land and the Building. Landlord shall have provided Tenants with copy of existing recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions, of which Landlord has actual Knowledge, prior to the execution of this Lease.

3.2 Landlord's Reservations. In addition to the other rights of Landlord under this Lease, Landlord reserves the right (I) to change the street address and/or name of the Building, (ii) to install, erect, use, maintain and repair mains, pipes, cables, wiring, conduits and other such facilities to serve the Building's tenants in and through the Premises, (iii) to grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any particular business or undertaking in the Building or the Land, (iv) to establish a condominium regime for the Building, Land and/or the Common Area and to include the Premise therein, (v) to control the use of the roof and exterior walls of the Building for any reasonable purpose, and (vi) to use Tenant's name in promotional materials relating to the Building, provided that such use only discloses that Tenant's leases part of the Premises and does not disclose any terms of this Lease. Landlord may exercise any or all of the foregoing rights without being deemed to be guilty of an eviction, actual or constructive, or a disturbance or interruption of the business of Tenant or Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises.

ARTICLE 4
TERM/EXTENSION OPTIONS

4.1 Initial Term. The initial Term of this Lease shall be as stated in
Section 1.3

4.2 Access to Complete Alterations. Landlord agrees that Tenant shall be provided adequate and reasonable access to the Premises, prior to the Commencement Date, to construct and install the Alterations necessary for Tenant to commence the beneficial use of the Lease subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. See, in particular, Section 13.2, below. Such access shall be provided as necessary to permit Tenant to complete any Landlord-approved plans and specifications for such Alterations. Thereafter, upon the Landlord's approval of the approval of the Alterations, Tenant shall use its commercial best efforts to complete the construction and installation of the Alterations in time for it to begin use of the Premises by the Commencement Date, subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease regarding the construction of Alterations. The occupancy of the Premises during the period of construction of the approved Alterations at the Premises shall not be deemed to constitute the conduct of Tenant's business, and no rent shall be charged during such period of construction prior to the Commencement Date. In the event the Landlord does not provide Tenant with reasonable access to the Premises to construct the approved Alterations, then the Commencement Date shall be postponed as reasonably necessary to permit Tenant to complete substantially the said Alterations. In such case the Expiration Date shall be correspondingly extended.


4.2 Extension Options. See Exhibit E.

ARTICLE 5
RENT

5.1 Basic Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Basic Rent as specified in Section 1.6.

5.2 Payment of Basic Rent. Basic Rent for each Lease Year shall be payable in equal monthly installments, in advance, without demand, notice, deduction, offset or counterclaim, on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term; provided, however, that the installment of the Basic Rent payable for the first full calendar month of the Term shall be due and payable upon the full execution and delivery of this Lease, provided further, however, that if the Commencement Date occurs on a date other than on the first day of a calendar month, Basic Rent payable for the first full month of the Term shall be reduced by the prorated portion of the first month's Rent constituting days that preceded the Commencement Date, and the last payment of Basic Rent required under this Lease, as and if extended, likewise shall be adjusted proportionally to ensure payment of Basic Rent, based on the Amount then payable, through the Expiration Date. Tenant shall pay the Basic Rent and all Additional Rent, by good check or in lawful currency of the United States of America, to Landlord at Landlord's Address or to such other address or in such other manner as Landlord from time to time specifies by written notice to Tenant. If Tenant makes any payment to Landlord by check, such payment shall be by check of Tenant and Landlord shall not be required to accept the check of any other person (except for Access National Bank), and any check received by Landlord shall be deemed received subject to collection. If any check is mailed by Tenant, Tenant shall post such check in sufficient time prior to the date when payment is due so that such check will be received by Landlord on or before the date when payment is due. Tenant shall assume the risk of lateness or failure of delivery of the mails, and no lateness or failure of the mails will excuse Tenant from its obligation to make the payment in question when required under this Lease. All bank service charges resulting from any bad checks shall be borne by Tenant, together with an administrative fee of $150. Any payment made by Tenant to Landlord on account of Basic Rent may be credited by Landlord to the payment of any late charges then due and payable and to any Basic Rent or Additional Rent then past due before credited to Basic Rent currently due.

5.3 Additional Rent. All sums payable by Tenant under the Lease, other than Basic Rent, shall be deemed "Additional Rent," and, unless otherwise set forth herein, shall be payable in the same manner as set forth above for Basic Rent.

6.1 General. Simultaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit in the Security Deposit with Landlord, which shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant's obligations and covenants under the Lease. If in cash, Landlord shall deposit the same into a money market or other interest bearing account, with interest becoming part of the Security Deposit. It is expressly understood and agreed that such Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord's damages in case of an Event of Default;

and that it shall not be maintained separately from the general funds of Landlord or otherwise be an identifiable fund but rather shall exist solely as an obligation of Landlord to Tenant as provided in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Lease.


6.2 Security in the Form of Cash. If an Event of Default shall occur or if Tenant fails to surrender the Premises in the condition required by this Lease, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), and without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have on account thereof, to draw down, if a letter of credit, and any event to apply all or any portion of the Security Deposit to cure such default or to remedy the condition of the Premises. If Landlord so applies the Security Deposit or any portion thereof before the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon demand, the amount necessary in cash to restore the Security Deposit to an amount equal to one (1) month's Basic Rent at the Basic Rent rate payable at the time of such restoration. If Landlord shall sell or transfer its interest in the Building, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to such purchaser or transferee, in which event, provided Landlord provides Tenant with reasonable written evidence that the Security Deposit has been delivered to the purchaser or transferee, Tenant shall look solely to the new landlord for the return of the Security Deposit, and Landlord thereupon shall be released from all liability to Tenant for the return of the Security Deposit. Although the Security Deposit is and shall be deemed the property of Landlord, any remaining balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, provided that all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled. Landlord shall conduct a "Post Move-Out Inspection" of the Premises within thirty (30) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease and shall return all or the applicable portion of the Security Deposit within sixty (60) days after such Inspection, together with an explanation of any non-return, which itemizes any deductions from the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall not be mortgaged, pledged, assigned or encumbered in any manner whatsoever by Tenant.

ARTICLE 7
OPERATING EXPENSES

7.1 Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses. Beginning with the payment of Basic Rent due on the first day of the second Lease Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord throughout the Term, as Additional Rent, Tenant's Proportionate Share of the amount by which the Operating Expenses during each Calendar Year of the Lease Term exceeds the Expense Stop. Landlord shall estimate and Tenant shall pay the amounts due as provide in Section 7.4. In the event that the Commencement Date or the Expiration Date are other than the first day of a Calendar Year then Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Operating Expenses for the first Calendar Year in which such payments are required shall be calculated nonetheless based upon the Expense Stop, subject only to reasonable adjustment as set forth in
Section 7.2.

7.2 Operating Expenses Defined. As used herein, the term "Operating Expenses" shall mean all expenses and costs of every kind and nature which Landlord reasonably incurs because of or in connection with the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Building (which expressly includes the Land, the Building and the Common Area). If the Building is less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied in the calendar year 2001, then the Expense Stop shall be reasonably and equitably adjusted upwards to reflect an occupancy level for the Building of ninety-five percent (95%) for such year. If for any Calendar Year the Building is less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied, Operating Expenses shall include all additional costs and expenses of operation, management and maintenance of the Building which Landlord reasonably and equitably determines that it would have paid or incurred during any Calendar Year if the Building had been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied. If, during all or any part of a Calendar Year, any part of the Building is leased to a tenant (hereinafter referred to as a "Special Tenant") which, in accordance with the terms of its lease, provides its own cleaning and janitorial services, has separately metered


electrical service or is not otherwise required to pay Operating Expenses Increases on the basis of operating expenses for the Building which include substantially the same components as the Operating Expenses (as defined in Section 7.2), the Operating Expenses for such Calendar Year shall be increased by the additional costs for cleaning and janitorial service, electricity and the other expenses, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, that would have been incurred by Landlord (based on normal use and occupancy of an ordinary business without special cooling, electrical or other operational requirements) if Landlord had furnished and paid for cleaning and janitorial services for the space occupied by the Special Tenant, the space occupied by the Special Tenant was not separately metered for electricity or Landlord had furnished and paid for any other service which the Special Tenant did not receive and which was not included in operating expenses as defined in the Special Tenant's lease. Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation, all costs, expenses and disbursements that are incurred or made commercially reasonably and in connection with the following:

(i) Wages and salaries of all employees, including without limitation an onsite management agent and staff, whether employed by Landlord or the Building's management company, engaged in the operation and maintenance or security or the Building and all costs related to or associated with such employee or the carrying out of their duties, including uniforms and their cleaning, taxes, auto allowances and insurance and benefits (including, without limitation, contributions to pension and/or profit sharing plans and vacation or other paid absences);

(ii) All supplies and materials, including janitorial and lighting supplies, used directly in the operation and maintenance of the Land and Building;

(iii) All utilities, including without limitation, electricity, telephone (including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of telephone service for the sprinkler alarm system, if any), communications, cable, water, sewer, power, gas, heating, lighting and air conditioning for the Land and Building, except to the extent such utilities are charged directly to or paid directly by, a tenant of the Building (but any tenant paying surcharges or direct payments due to approved excess use shall not be precluded from paying for its "basic" or average use);

(iv) All insurance purchased by Landlord or the Building's management company relating to the Land and Building and any equipment or other property contained therein or located thereon including, without limitation, casualty, liability, rental loss, sprinkler and water damage insurance;

(v) All repairs to the Land and Building (excluding repairs paid for by the proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties other than as apart of the Operating Expenses), including interior, exterior, structural or non-structural, and regardless of whether foreseen or unforeseen;


(vi) All maintenance of the Land and Building, including, without limitation, painting, ice and snow removal, landscaping including the purchase and installation of additional landscaping not included in the original landscaping plan and replacement or substitute landscaping, groundskeeping and the patching, painting and resurfacing of driveways and parking lots;

(vii) A management fee, not to exceed five percent (5%) payable to Landlord or the company or companies, whether or not related to Landlord, managing the Building including but not limited to a separate fee for the Parking Facilities, if any;

(viii) All maintenance, operation and service agreements for the Land And Building, and any equipment related thereto, including, without limitation, service and/or maintenance agreements for the sprinkler system in the Building, if any (excluding those paid for by Tenant or any third parties other than as a part Operating Expenses);

(ix) Accounting and legal fees incurred in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Building or related thereto;

(x) Any additional services not provided to the Building at the Commencement Date but thereafter provided by Landlord as Landlord in its reasonable discretion shall deem necessary or desirable in connection with the management or operation of the Land and Building;

thereof;

(xi) Any and all computer rentals reasonably required for energy management or security monitoring systems, if any;

(xii) Any capital improvements made to the Building, whether during the period used to calculate the Expense Stop or after the Commencement Date (other than those made for the additional of rentable square footage to the Building or for the sole benefit of a Building tenant pursuant to its lease), the cost of which shall be amortized over such reasonable period as Landlord shall determine (such periods shall be not less than as the minimum period(s) permitted by the Internal Revenue Code, as amended), together with interest on the unamortized balance of such cost at the Interest Rate or such higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purposes of constructing said capital improvements;

(xiii) All Real Estate Taxes which are defined in Article 8 below; all business license fees, personal property taxes and other taxes or license fees which are part of the Land and Building operations; and

(xiv) Other reasonable expenses and costs of operating and maintaining the Land and Building.


7.3 Exclusions from Operating Expenses. Operating Expenses shall not include the following:

(i) Legal fees, space planners' fees, real estate brokers' leasing commissions and advertising expenses incurred solely in connection with the leasing of space in the Building;

(ii) Costs and expenses of alterations or improvements of the Premises or the leasehold premises of other individual tenants;

(iii) Costs of correcting defects in the Building or the materials used in the construction of the Building or the equipment or appurtenances thereto to the extent covered by warranties and recovered by Landlord;

(iv) Depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debts costs, if any, other than amortization of and the interest factor attributable and permitted capital improvements;

(v) Costs and expenses associated with the ownership interest in the Landlord and the operation of the business of the person or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building, including accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except to the extent the actions of Tenant or any other tenant may be in issue), cost of selling or financing any of Landlord's interest in the Building and outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other tenants; and

(vi) Costs and expenses directly resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its Agents, to the extent proven by Tenant.

7.4 Estimated Payments. Landlord shall submit to Tenant, before the beginning of each Calendar Year or as soon thereafter as possible, a reasonably itemized statement of Landlord's estimate of the Operating Expenses payable by the Tenant during such Calendar Year. In addition to the Basic Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on or before the first day of each month the property prorated share of estimated operating expenses payable by Tenant for such Calendar Year as set forth in Landlord's statement. If Landlord fails to give Tenant notice of its estimated payments due under this Section for any Calendar Year, then Tenant shall continue making monthly estimated payments in accordance with the estimate for the previous Calendar Year until a new estimate is provided. If the Landlord determines that, because of unexpected increases in Operating Expenses or other reasons, Landlord's estimate of the Operating Expenses was too low, then Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to give a new statement of the estimated Operating Expenses due from Tenant for such Calendar Year or the balance thereof and to bill Tenant for any deficiency which may have accrued during such Calendar Year, and Tenant within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord shall pay such deficiency to Landlord and thereafter Tenant shall pay monthly estimated payments based on


such new statement, provided that such an adjustment shall not occur not more often than once per year.

7.5 Actual Operating Expenses. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Calendar Year, or as soon as possible thereafter, Landlord shall submit a statement to Tenant showing the actual Operating Expenses for such Calendar Year and Tenant's Proportionate Share of the amount by which such Operating Expenses exceed the Expense Stop. If for any Calendar Year Tenant's estimated monthly payments exceed Tenant's Proportionate Share of the amount by which the actual Operating Expenses for such Calendar Year exceed the Expense Stop, then Landlord shall give Tenant credit in the amount of the overpayment toward Tenant's next monthly payments of estimated Operating Expenses. If for any Calendar Year Tenant's estimated monthly payments are less than Tenant's Proportionate Share of the amount by which the actual Operating Expenses for such Calendar Year exceed the Expense Stop, then Tenant shall pay the total amount of such deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord. Landlord's and Tenant's obligations with respect to any overpayment or under payment of Operating Expenses shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease,

7.6 Tenant's Right to Audit. In the event Tenant shall dispute the amount set forth in Landlord's statement of actual Operating Expenses of the Building, Tenant shall have the right, not later than sixty (60) days following receipt of such statement, to cause Landlord's books and records with respect to the preceding Calendar Year to be audited by an independent certified public accountant mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. Such audit shall occur upon not less than ten (10) business days' written notice to Landlord, at Landlord's place of business or the actual location of the Landlord's books and records if different from Landlord's place of business, during Landlord's normal business hours. The amount payable under this Section by Landlord to Tenant or by Tenant to Landlord, as the case may be, shall be appropriately adjusted on the basis of such audit. If such audit discloses an overstatement by Landlord of the Operating Expenses for the Land and Building of more than ten percent (10%), the cost of such audit shall be borne by Landlord and shall not be considered as an Operating Expense for purposes of this Lease; otherwise, the cost of such audit shall be borne by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Landlord's cost for such audit exceed One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00). If Tenant shall not request an audit in accordance with the provisions of this Section within (60) days of receipt of Landlord's statement of actual Operating Expenses, such statement shall be conclusively biding upon Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 8
TAXES

"Real Estate Taxes" shall mean all taxes and assessments, including but limiting to, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, assessed, levied or imposed by any governmental authority upon the Building and the Land and upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment or systems in, upon or used in connection with any of the foregoing, and the rental, revenue or receipts derived therefrom, under the current or any future taxation or assessment system or modification of, supplement to, or substitute for such systems. Real Estate Taxes also shall include special assessments, which are in the nature of or in substitute for real estate taxes, including, without limitation, road improvement assessments, special use are assessments


and school district assessments. Real Estate Taxes shall exclude ordinary income taxes of Landlord. If at any time the method of taxation prevailing at the date of Lease shall be altered so that in lieu of, as a substitute for or in addition to the whole or any part of the taxes now levied or assessed, there shall be levied or assessed a tax of whatever nature, then the same shall be included as Real Estate Taxes hereunder. Further, for the purposes of this Article, Real Estate Taxes shall include the reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees) incurred by Landlord in challenging or obtaining or attempting to obtain a reduction of such Real Estate Taxes, regardless of the outcome of such challenge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no obligation to challenge Real Estate Taxes. If as a result of any such challenge, a tax refund is made to Landlord, then the amount of each refund less the expenses of the challenge shall be deducted from Real Estate Taxes due in the Lease Year such refund is received.

ARTICLE 9
PARKING

9.1 Parking Spaces. During the Term, Tenant shall have the right to park at no cost in that number of spaces equaling 3.6 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet (or such lower number of spaces per foot as may hereafter be the minimum required by applicable law). In addition, Tenant shall be allocated five (5) reserved parking spaces, I a location to be selected by Landlord with the approval of Tenant, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld, and subject however to relocation from time to time, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for enforcing its rights to such reversed parking spaces. Landlord shall permit Tenant to use additional spaces allocable to portions of the Building which are unoccupied from time to time.

9.2 Changes to Parking Facilities. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, without consent, to change, alter, add to, temporarily close or otherwise affect the Parking Facilities in such manner as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, the right to designate reserved spaces available only for use by one or more tenants (however, in such event, those parking spaces shall still be deemed Common Area for the purpose of the definition of Operating Expenses).

ARTICLE 10
USE

10.1 Tenant shall occupy the Premises solely for the Permitted Use and under Tenant's Trade Name and/or under the name(s) of any assignee(s) or subleases(s) that are permitted under the terms of this Lease. The Premises shall not be used for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall comply, at Tenant's expense, with (I) all present and future laws, ordinances, regulations and orders of the United States of America, the Commonwealth of Virginia and any other public or quasi-public federal, state, or local authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, and (ii) any reasonable request of Mortgagee or any insurance company providing coverage with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall not use or


Occupy the Premises in any manner that is unlawful or dangerous or that shall constitute material waste, unreasonable annoyance or nuisance to Landlord or the other tenants of the Building.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Throughout the Term, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay ten (10) days before delinquency any and all taxes, assessments and public charge levied, assessed or imposed upon Tenant's business conducted in the Leased Premises, upon the leasehold estate or upon Tenant's personal property.

ARTICLE 11
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Tenant shall not assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise encumber this Lease or sublet or rent (or permit a third party to occupy or use) the Premises, or any part thereof, nor shall any assignment or transfer of this Lease or the right of occupancy hereunder be effected by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The parties acknowledge that Tenant is negotiating a sublease of approximately 1,000 square feet with a certified public accountant which sublease would begin after the Commencement Date. Landlord agrees to approve such sublease, provided that the Tenant provides a written copy of such sublease to Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement date thereof and such sublease (I) provides for rent comparable to the rental rate of the Basis Rent, and (ii) the sublease does not contain any provisions which are contrary to the terms and conditions of this Lease. For purposes of the foregoing prohibition, a transfer at any one time or from time to time of twenty percent (20%) or more of an interest in Tenant (whether stock, partnership interest or other form of ownership or control) by any person(s) or entity (ties) having an interest in ownership or control of Tenant at the Lease Date or thereafter shall be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease. In the event of an assignment or subletting, the initial Tenant (and, as applicable, any subsequent tenant) shall remain liable under this Lease and the initial Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of the amount of rent or other sums directly or indirectly received by Tenant from any subtenant or assignee which exceeds (a) actual reasonable costs incurred by Tenant for subtenant/assignee improvements and real estate brokerage commissions, each as amortized over the Term of the Lease, plus (b) the Rent due hereunder. Any assignment, encumbrance, or sublease without Landlord's written consent, unless otherwise expressly permitted under this Section 11.1, shall be voidable by Landlord and, at Landlord's election, constitute an Event of Default hereunder. Neither the consent by Landlord to any assignment, transfer, encumbrance or subletting nor the collection or acceptance by Landlord of rent from any assignee, subtenant or occupant shall be construed as a waiver or release of the initial Tenant or any Guarantor from the terms and conditions of this Lease or relieve Tenant or any subtenant, assignee or other party from obtaining the consent in writing of Landlord to any further assignment, transfer, encumbrance or subletting. Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord the rent and other sums due from any subtenant, assignee or other occupant of the Premises and hereby authorizes and directs each such subtenant, assignee or other occupant to pay such rent or other sums directly to Landlord; provided, however, that until the occurrence of an Event of Default, Tenant shall have the license to continuing collecting such rent and other sums. In addition to the foregoing limitations on assignment and/or


subletting, upon any written request by Tenant for approval or consent of an assignment, sublease or other use by a third party of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises (an informal or general oral request shall not trigger this provision), Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the Lease, as to all or a portion of the Premises concerning which such request was made, which right shall be exercised, if at all, within ten (10) business days after Landlord's receipt of such request; if the right is not so exercised, then Landlord shall maintain such right as to any and all future such requests for more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises.

ARTICLE 12
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

12.1 Landlord's Obligation. As long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order the structural and non-structural parts of the Building (including the roof), the Common Area and the major systems of the Building (including but not necessarily limited to heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electrical and plumbing) within and serving the Premises and the Building (excluding Tenant's leasehold improvements in the Premises) that are required for the normal maintenance and operation of the Premises, the Building and the Land. The cost of such maintenance and repairs to the Building, the Land and said equipment shall be included in the Operating Expenses and paid by Tenant as provided in Article 7 herein. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of any defect or need for repairs. After such notice, Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity to repair or cure such defect; however, Landlord shall diligently proceed with the correction of such defects as soon as reasonably possible after receipt of such notice. Landlord's liability with respect to any defects, repairs or maintenance for which Landlord is responsible under any of the provisions of this Lease shall be strictly limited to the cost of such repairs or maintenance or the curing of such defect; and shall not include responsibility or liability for or relating to any consequential, incidental or special injuries or damages that Tenants may incur. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of such defects interfere with or prevent Tenant's use of the Premises, and Landlord neglects to correct such defects for a period exceeding thirty (30) days after notice thereof, Tenant shall have the right, after first giving the Landlord five (5) days prior written notice, to take such actions against the next month's Basic Rent. In addition to the foregoing, Landlord shall, at Landlord's cost an expense, take reasonably appropriate and timely action to maintain the Building (but not at any Alternations or other leasehold improvements installed by Tenant within the Premises) and Common Area in compliance with such Legal Requirements as are imposed by order of any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or authority with respect to any Common Areas for which Landlord is responsible as stated in this sentence, including, without limitation, the removal of Hazardous Materials and the costs of retrofitting or refurbishing areas to comply with such Legal Requirements that relate to handicapped access or use pursuant to the Americans with Disabilities Act. Without limiting anything else contained in this section, Landlord agrees to make (I) such corrections to the third floor bathrooms as are necessary to bring them into compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, and (ii) repairs and adjustments to the elevators located in the Premises so that the elevators are in good working order on the Commencement Date.


12.2 Tenant's Obligation. Tenant shall at is own expense, maintain all of Tenant's leasehold improvements in the Premises and other real and personal property within the Premises in good condition, promptly making all necessary repairs and replacements. Tenant shall repair at its own expense, any and all damage caused by Tenant or Tenant's Agents, contractors or subcontractors to the Building, the Common Area, the Land or the Premises, including equipment within and serving the Building, ordinary wear and tear expected (but not during any periods of construction by or on account of Tenant). Not withstanding the foregoing, the Tenant shall bear the cost of, but shall not itself perform without Landlord's prior consent, any such repairs which would affect the Building's structure or mechanical or electrical systems or which would be visible from the exterior of the Building or from any interior Common Area of the Building. Where Landlord performs such repairs, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord upon the demand date until paid. Without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which shall not unreasonably be withheld, Tenant shall not have access to the roof of the Building for any purpose whatsoever. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall, at Tenant's cost and expense, take reasonably appropriate and timely action to maintain the entire third floor, as well as any portion of the Premises or otherwise defined premises rented by Tenant hereafter, in compliance with such Legal Requirements as are imposed by order of any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or authority with respect to any such areas for which Tenant is responsible as stated in this sentence, including, without limitation, the removal of Hazardous Materials and the costs of retrofitting or refurbishing areas to comply with such Legal Requirements that relate to handicapped access or use pursuant to the Americans with Disabilities Act.

12.3 Compliance with Legal Requirements. Tenant, at its own expense, shall ensure that its Alterations made before the Commencement Date comply with Legal Requirements, and agrees to make any Alterations required after the Commencement Date to comply with Legal Requirements to the Premises and to the Building, provided, however, that its obligations with respect to the Building shall be limited to the extent the obligation to comply with such Legal Requirements arises from or is legally required for Tenant's use or manner of use of the Premises. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises, or permit the Premises, the Building, the Parking Facility of the Land to be used or occupied, in violation of any Legal Requirements. If, the Premises are being used for a purpose which is in violation of any Legal Requirements, Tenant shall, upon five (5) days' notice from Landlord, immediately discontinue such use if the Premises. If thereafter the governmental authority asserting such violation threatens, commences or continues proceedings against Landlord for Tenant's failure to discontinue such use, in addition to any and all rights, privileges and remedies given to Landlord under this Lease for default therein, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease forthwith. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all liability for such violation or violations, including without limitation attorney's fees, costs of experts and court costs.

12.4 Landlord's Right to Maintain Repair. If, within five (5) days following the notice to Tenant, Tenant fails to commence to repair or replace any damage to the Premises, Land or Building which is Tenant's obligation to perform, and/or fails diligently to pursue timely completion of such repair and replacement, Landlord may, at its option, cause all required maintenance, repairs or replacements to be made. Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord all costs incurred in connection therewith plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the due date until paid.


ARTICLE 13
ALTERATIONS

13.1 Landlord Obligations. Landlord shall perform such renovations to the Common Area of the Building as are necessary to cause the third floor bathrooms to comply with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, and shall repair the elevators, all as provided above in this Lease. Landlord has no obligation to perform any demolition work or to make any other improvements to the Building or the Premises or to deliver or install any materials in, to or at the Premises. Other the Premises being broom clean, they shall be delivered to the Tenant "as is".

13.2 Alterations. Tenant shall not make or permit any Alterations without prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. In the event Landlord fails to respond in writing within fifteen (15) business days after Tenant submits its plans for any Alterations, then such plans shall be deemed to have been approved by Landlord. Landlord may impose any reasonable conditions to its consent, including, without limitation,
(i) delivery to Landlord of written and unconditional waivers of mechanic's and material men's liens as to the Premises, the Building and the Land for all work, labor, and services to be performed and materials to be furnished, signed by all contractors, subcontractors, material men and laborers participating in the Alterations, (ii) prior reasonable approval of the plans and specifications and Tenant's contractor(s) with respect to the Alterations, (iii) supervision of the Alterations by Landlord's representative at Tenant's expense and (iv) delivery to Landlord of payment and performance bonds naming Landlord and Mortgagee as obliges. The Alterations shall conform to the requirements of Landlord's and Tenant's insurers and of all Legal Requirements, shall be performed in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease in a good and workmanlike manner befitting a comparable first class office building and shall not adversely affect the value, utility or character of the Premises. If the Alterations are not performed as herein required, Landlord shall have the right, to halt any further Alterations, and/or to require Tenant to perform the Alterations as herein required or to require Tenant to return the Premises to its condition before such Alterations. Subject to
Section 13.3 herein, a;; Alterations and fixtures, whether temporary or permanent in character, made in or upon Premises either by Tenant or Landlord, will immediately become Landlord's property and, at the end of the term will remain on the Premises without compensation to the Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any mechanics or material men's lien is filed against the Premises, the Building or the Land for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to or for the benefit of Tenant, or the filing of any bond required by law to affect a discharge. If Tenant shall fail to discharge any such lien, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) discharge the same, the cost of which, together with attorney's fees and court costs incurred by Landlord, shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days of demand by Landlord. Such discharge by Landlord shall not be deemed to waive or release the default of Tenant in not discharging the same. Neither Landlord's consent to the Alterations nor anything contained in this Lease shall be deemed to be the agreement or consent of Landlord's interest in the Premises, the Building or the Land to any mechanic's or material men's lien which may be filed in respect of the Alterations.

13.3 Removal of Alterations. All or any part of the Alterations (including, without limitation, wall-to-wall carpet and wiring), whether made with or without the consent of Landlord, shall, at the election of the Landlord, to be made at such time as Landlord determines in its sole discretion, either be removed by Tenant at its expense before, or if the election is made following a termination of the Lease, immediately


following, the expiration of the Term or shall remain upon the Premises and be surrendered therewith at the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease as the property off Landlord without disturbance, molestation or injury. If Landlord requires the removal of all or part of the Alterations, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to remove Alterations that it is required to remove pursuant to Landlord's election, then Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) remove the same and the cost of such removal and repair of any damage caused by the same, together with any and all damages which Landlord may suffer and sustain by reason of the failure of Tenant to remove the same, shall be charged to designate such items as it requests permission to remove at the expiration of the Lease, which items Landlord shall approve or disapprove for such removal by Tenant in conjunction with an approval of the plan. All decisions required or permitted to be made by Landlord in this Section 13.3 shall be made in the Landlord's reasonable discretion (which discretion may take into account such matters as the complexity, difficulty or damage to the Building resulting from removal, among other matters deemed pertinent by Landlord). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not require the removal by Tenant of any separate parts of Alterations which constitute Building Standard items unless such items are installed in other Alterations which themselves the Landlord has reasonably decided shall be removed.

13.4 Landlord Alterations. Landlord shall have no obligation the make any Alterations in or to the Premises, the Building, the Common Area or the Land, except as specifically provided in this Lease. Landlord hereby reserves the right, from time to time, to make Alterations to the Building or the land, change the Building dimensions, erect additional stories thereon and attach other buildings and structures thereto, and to erect such scaffolding and other aids to construction as Landlord deemed appropriate, and no such Alterations, changes, construction or erection shall constitute an eviction, constructive or otherwise, or permit Tenant any abatement of Rent or claim, provided that such Alterations, unless required by a Legal Requirement related to Tenant's use of the Premises, shall not unreasonably alter the configuration of the Premises.

ARTICLE 14
SIGNS

14.1 General Prohibition. No sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, painted, affixed, placed, or otherwise displayed by Tenant on any part of the Land or the outside of the inside (including, without limitation, the windows) of the Building or the Premises, except as provided in this Article 14. If any prohibited sign, advertisement or notice is nevertheless exhibited by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to remove the same, and Tenant shall pay any all expenses incurred by Landlord in such removal, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, upon demand. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any sign, advertisement, notice or statement to the public by Tenant, which, in Landlord's sole opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building as a Class A building.

14.2 Indoor Signs. Inside the Building, Landlord shall provide one building standard office lobby directory sign for use for the identification and suite number of all Tenants. Tenant and the location of the Premises shall be identified thereon, at Landlord's expense. Landlord also shall provide on (1) building standard suite entry sign, at Landlord's expense.

14.3 Exterior Signage. Landlord shall at Tenant's sole expense, place a tenant identification sign on the Building monument sign (together with, at Landlord's sole election, other tenants in the Building) in accordance with all applicable covenants,


restrictions, laws and governmental regulations. The cost of construction, maintenance, and repair of any exterior signage that is used by more than one Building Tenant shall be an Operating Expense; any exterior signage that is used solely by Tenant, if any such signage exists, shall be deemed to be a part of the Tenant's improvements for which Tenant is solely responsible as provided in Sections 12.2 through 12.4. Any other permitted signs shall be installed and maintained by Landlord at Tenant's sole expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, and Tenant has not assigned the Lease nor sublet more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of gross rentable square feet contained in the original Premises, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at Tenant's expense, to affix to and retain, on the front portion of the Building, on the top level of pre-cast, a single sign bearing Tenant's then current corporate logo. It is the intent of Landlord and Tenant that the sign be sufficiently large and prominently placed so as to make Tenant's occupancy of the Building reasonably visible and identifiable to vehicular and pedestrian traffic, while still permitting the possibility of Landlord's later affixing or permitting a similarly sized sign for a second floor tenant. The size, color, material, location and placement of the sign must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant's rights under this
Section 14.3 shall not be assignable by Tenant, except to wholly owned subsidiary. Tenant shall procure all necessary signage permits at Tenant's sole expense and Tenant shall pay for the sign without the use if any allowance from Landlord. Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, remove the sign at the expiration or earlier termination of Tenant's rights under the Lease or this Exhibit and Tenant shall repair, at Tenant's expense, any damage caused to the Building by such removal.

ARTICLE 15
TENANT'S EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY

15.1 Moving Tenant's Property. Any and all damage or injury to the Premises or the Building caused by moving the property of Tenant into or out of the Premises, or due to the same being on the Premises, shall be repaired by Landlord, at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall promptly remove from the Common Area any of Tenant's furniture, equipment or other property there deposited.

15.2 Installing and Operating Tenant's Equipment. Without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, Tenant shall not install or operate in the Premises (i) any electrically operated equipment or other machinery, other than standard office equipment that does not require wiring, cooling, or other service in excess of Building Standards, (ii) any equipment of any kind or nature whatsoever which will require any changes, replacements or additions to, or changes in the use of, any water, heating, plumbing, air conditioning or electrical system of the Premises or the Building, or (iii) any equipment which causes the floor load to exceed at any place the load limits set by Landlord for the Building. Landlord's consent to such installation or operation may be conditioned upon the payment by Tenant of additional compensation for any excess consumption of utilities and any additional power, wiring, cooling or other service (as determined in the sole discretion of Landlord) that may result from such equipment. Machines and equipment which cause noise, interfering electrical or electronic transmissions or vibrations that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space therein so as to be objectionable to Landlord or any other Building tenant shall, if approved by Landlord, be installed and maintained by Tenant, at its expense, with shielding, on vibration eliminators, or in with such other devices that are sufficient in Landlord's discretion to eliminate such noise, transmissions and/or vibration.


ARTICLE 16
RIGHT OF ENTRY

Tenant shall permit Landlord or its Agents and contractors, at any reasonable times and with reasonable oral or written notice (except that the time and notice requirements may be waived in the event of an emergency), to enter the Premises, without charge therefore to Landlord and without diminution of Rent, (i) to examine, inspect and protect the Premise and the Building, (ii) to make such alterations and repairs or perform such maintenance which in the sole judgment of Landlord may be deemed necessary or desirable, (iii) to exhibit the same to prospective tenants during the last Lease Year of the Term and to erect on the Premises a suitable sign indicating the Premises are available. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption to Tenant's use of the Premises in exercising its rights hereunder.

ARTICLE 17
INSURANCE

17.1 Insurance Rating. Tenant shall not conduct or permit any activity, or place any equipment or material, in or about the Premises, the Building or the Common Area which will increase the rate of fire or other insurance on the Building or insurance benefiting any other tenant of the Building; and if any increase in the rate of insurance is stated by any insurance company or by the applicable insurance rating bureau to be due to any activity, equipment or material of Tenant in or about the Premises, the Building or the Common Area, such statement shall be conclusive evidence that the increase in such rate is due to the same and, as a result thereof, Tenant shall pay such increase to Landlord upon demand.

17.2 Liability Insurance. (a) Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall obtain and maintain in effect throughout the Term a policy of Commercial General Liability Insurance (ISO form or equivalent) naming Landlord, the Mortgagees (if any) and any property management agent as additional insureds ("Additional Insureds"), protecting Landlord, Tenant and, if applicable, the Additional Insureds against liability for bodily injury, death and property damage occurring upon or in the Leased Premises, with such policy to afford protection to the limit of not less than $2,000,000 with respect to the bodily injury or death or damage to property arising from any on occurrence and $2,000,000 from the aggregate of all occurrences within each policy year, which policy(s) also shall contain deductible amounts, if any, acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. If such policy also covers locations other than the Leased Premises, the policy shall include a provision to the effect that the aggregate limit of $2,000,000 shall apply separately at the Leased Premises and that the insurer will provide notice to Landlord if the aggregate is reduced either by payment of claims or the establishment of reserves for claims if the payments or reserves exceed $250,000. If the aggregate limit of $2,000,000 is reduced by the payment of a claim or the establishment of a reserve, Tenant agrees to take immediate steps to have the aggregate limit restored by endorsement to the existing policy or the purchase of an additional insurance policy which complies with this subsection.

(b) Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term, fire, extended coverage, malicious mischief and vandalism insurance on the Building in an amount of not less than the full replacement value of the Building, including improvements therein, and will maintain commercial general or umbrella liability insurance in an amount of not less then $5,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury, property damage and personal liability. Tenant shall have no direct or third party interest in such insurance.

17.3 Insurance for Personal Property. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain throughout the Term a property insurance policy (written on an "All Risk" basis) insuring all of Tenant's personal property, including but not limited to equipment, furniture, fixtures, furnishings and leasehold improvement which are

the


responsibility of Tenant for not less than the full replacement cost of said property. All proceeds of such insurance shall be used to repair or replace Tenant's property.

17.4 Contractual Liability Insurance. Tenant agrees to keep and maintain as part of the coverage of its policy(ies) of liability insurance contractual liability coverage or a contractual liability endorsement covering Tenant's liability to Landlord for bodily injury or damage to property of others, in the same limits required by subsection 17.2

17.5 Requirements of Insurance Coverage. All such insurance required to be carried by Tenant herein shall be with an insurance company licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia and approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Such insurance (i) shall contain an endorsement that such policy shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding that the insured has released its right of action against any party before the occurrence of a loss; (ii) shall name Landlord, Landlord's property management agent, Tenant and at Landlord's request, any Mortgagee(s), as the insured parties; and (iii) shall provide that the policy shall not be canceled, failed to be renewed or materially amended without at least thirty
(30) days' prior written notice to Landlord and, at Landlord's request, any Mortgagee(s). On or before the Commencement Date and, thereafter, not less than thirty (30) days before the expiration date of each insurance policy, an original of the policy (including any renewal or replacement policy) or a certified copy thereof, together with evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the payment of all premiums for such policy, shall be delivered to Landlord and, at Landlord's request, to any Mortgagee(s).

17.6 Prohibition Against Concurrent Insurance. All property insurance shall be written as primary insurance. Tenant shall not take out separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with any property damage insurance carried by Landlord for the Building unless Landlord is included therein as an insured.

17.7 Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant shall each include in each of its property damage insurance policies, including Landlord's policies of rent insurance and Tenant's policies of business interruption insurance, if any, a waiver of the insurer's right of subrogation against the other party and the officers, directors, members, managers, agents and employees of, and the partners in, the other party (and, in the case of Tenant's policies, against the Additional Insureds and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees and partners), or, if such waiver at any time becomes unobtainable (i) an express agreement that such policy shall not be invalidated if the insured waives or has waived before the loss the right of recovery against any party responsible for an insured casualty, or (ii) any other form of permission for the release of such responsible party, provided such waiver, agreement or permission is obtainable under normal commercial insurance practice at the time, with or without additional charge. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that such waiver is obtainable under normal commercial insurance practice on the date of this Lease at no additional charge.

17.8 Security. In the event that Landlord engages the services of a professional security system for the Building, it is understood that such engagement shall in now way increase Landlord's liability for occurrences and/or consequences which such a system is designed to detect or avert and that Tenant shall look solely to its insurer as set forth above for claims for damages or injury to any person or property.


ARTICLE 18
LANDLORD SERVICES AND UTILITIES

18.1 Ordinary Services to the Premises. As long as no Event of Default has occurred, and is continuing, and except during or as a result of emergencies, Landlord shall furnish to the Premises throughout the Term (i) electricity, heating and air conditioning that is commercially reasonably appropriate for the Permitted Use between 7:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Monday through Friday and between 7:00 a.m. and 12:00 p.m. on Saturday, except for legal holidays observed by the federal government, (ii) reasonable janitorial service, Monday through Friday, (iii) regular trash removal from the Premises, (iv) hot and cold water from points of supply, (v) the number of restrooms as required by applicable zoning codes (provided, however, that any change in restrooms subsequent to the Lease Date shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant) , and (vi) elevator service, if there is an elevator in the Building, provided that Landlord shall have the right to remove such elevators from service as may be required for moving, freight or for servicing or maintaining the elevators or the Building. The cost of all services provided by Landlord hereunder shall be included within Operating Expenses, unless charged directly (and not as a part of Operating Expenses) to Tenant or another tenant of the Building. Landlord agrees to furnish landscaping and grounds maintenance and snow clearing for the Common Area needed for access to the Building. The foregoing services shall be furnished by Landlord and reimbursed by Tenant as part of Operating Expenses; provided, however that Landlord shall be under no responsibility or liability for failure or interruption in such services caused by breakage, accident, strikes, repairs or for any other cause or causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, nor in any event for any indirect or consequential, incidental or special damages; and failure or omission on the part of Landlord to furnish such service shall not be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor work an abatement of Rent, nor render Landlord liable in damages, nor release Tenant from prompt fulfillment of any of the covenants under this Lease.

18.2 After-Hours Services to the Premises. Subject only to the need for repair and maintenance as determined in the Landlord's sole discretion, Landlord shall attempt in good faith to make heating, ventilation, and air conditioning services available to Tenant twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, if and as requested by Tenant with advance notice that Landlord deems to be reasonable, and, if outside the operating periods set forth in
Section 18.1, at Tenant's sole cost and expense. If Tenant requires or requests that the services to be furnished by Landlord (except Building Standard electricity and elevator service) be provided during periods in addition to the periods set forth in Section 18.1, then Tenant shall obtain Landlord's consent thereto and, if such consent is granted, shall pay upon demand Landlord's additional charge for after-hours service which shall include the cost of utility, service, labor costs, administrative costs and a cost for depreciation of the equipment used to provide such after-hours service. The cost for after-hours services is subject to change from time to time based upon Landlord's fluctuating costs, but shall be set by Landlord in its sole discretion and currently is $45 per hour.

18.3 Landlord's Right to Meter Tenant's Electrical Usage. Tenant agrees that its use of electricity in the Premises shall not exceed the capacity of existing wires, circuits, risers conduits and other electrical equipment, or any limits from time to tome established under applicable governmental regulations. Landlord may review Tenant's electricity consumption from time to time during the Term. If, at any time or from time to time, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, Landlord believes that Tenant's consumption of electricity at the Premises exceeds by more than eight percent (8%) (determined over at least a sixty (60) day period and on a per square foot basis) the average electricity consumption for other tenants in the Building, Landlord shall have the right to install, at Tenant's expense, a separate meter for the


premises. Landlord will then read the meter and bill Tenant directly each month for such excess electricity consumption, if any. Tenant shall pay Landlord for such excess electricity consumption as Additional Rent within ten (10) business days after Landlord provides the bill to Tenant.

ARTICLE 19
LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

19.1 No Liability. Landlord and its Agents shall not be liable to Tenant or its Agents for, and Tenant, for itself and its Agents, does hereby release Landlord and its Agents from liability for, any damage, compensation or claim arising from (i) the necessity or repairing or failure to repair any portion of the Premises or the Building or the Common Area or any structural defects thereto (but no waiver or release is provided hereby for any obligations of Landlord under this Lease to make repairs, except as to consequential, incidental and special damages that may relate in any way thereto), (ii) any interruption in the use of the Premises or the Common Area for any reason including any interruption or suspension of utility service, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, (iii) fire or other casualty or personal or property injury, damage or loss, (iv) the termination of this Lease in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, (v) robbery, assault or theft, or, (vi) any leakage in the premises or the Building from water, rain, snow or other cause whatsoever; provided, however, that such releases shall not apply in the event that both
(1) Landlord or its Agents are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have proximately caused the losses otherwise released hereby through their gross negligence or willful misconduct, and (2) neither Tenant, any assignee or sublease of Tenant (in whole or in part), any Agent nor any invitee or guest of Tenant (or its assignees or sublesees) are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been comparatively (if applicable) or contributorily negligent or to have assumed the risk of such damage or loss, but provided further, that this Section 19.1 shall not be deemed to provide a basis for recovery for any action or omission that does not constitute a material breach of this Lease. No such occurrence shall give rise to diminution or abatement of Rent or constructive eviction. Any goods, automobiles, property or personal effects stored or placed by Tenant or its Agents in or about the Premises, the Building, the Land or the Common Area shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and Landlord and its Agents shall not in any manner be held responsible therefore. Except to the extent expressly prohibited by law, Tenant hereby waives any claim it might have against Landlord or its Agents for any consequential, incidental or special damages sustained by Tenant arising out of the loss or damage to any person or property of Tenant.

19.2 Indemnity. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord and its Agents harmless from and against any and all damage, claim, liability, cost or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys' and other professionals' fees) of every kind and nature (including, without limitation, those arising from any injury or damage to any person, property or business) incurred by or claimed against Landlord or it's Agents, directly or indirectly, as a result of, arising from or in connection with Tenant's or its Agents use and occupancy of the Premises, the Building or the Common Area, provided, however, that such indemnification and hold harmless shall not apply in the event that Landlord or its Agents proximately caused the losses otherwise released hereby through gross negligence or willful misconduct. In the event of this Section 19.3 but Landlord would not be released from liability under the terms of Section 19.1, then Tenant shall not be required to indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless for such event.

19.3 No Personal Liability; Sale. Neither Landlord nor its agents, whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall have any personal liability under any provision of this Lease. In


the event of a judgment in favor of Tenant which remains unpaid, Tenant's rights of redress, execution and levy shall be limited to the equity of Landlord, in the Building and Land as described in Article1 hereof. In the event that the original landlord hereunder, or any successor owner of the Building, shall sell or convey the Building, all liabilities and obligations on the part of the original Landlord, or such successor owner, under this Lease occurring thereafter shall terminate as of the day of such sale, and thereupon all such liabilities and obligations shall be binding on the new owner. Tenant agrees to attorn to such new owner. Any successor to Landlord's interest shall not be bound by (i) any payment of Basic Rent or Additional Rent for more than one (1) month in advance, except for the payment of the first installment of First Year Basic Rent or (ii) as to any Mortgagee or any purchaser at foreclosure, any amendment or modification of this Lease made without notice to the Mortgagee.

ARTICLE 20
RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant and its Agents shall at all times abide and observe the Rules and Regulations and any amendments thereto that may be promulgated from time to time by Landlord for the operation and maintenance of the Building, the Land and the Common Area and Rules and Regulations shall be deemed to be covenants of the Lease to be performed and/or observes by Tenant. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon the Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations, or the terms or provisions contained in any other lease, against any other tenant of the Building. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation by any party of the Rules and Regulations or the terms of any other Building lease. If there is any inconsistency between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, this Lease shall govern. Landlord reserves the right to amend and modify the Rules and Regulations as it deems necessary.

ARTICLE 21
DAMAGE; CONDEMANTION

21.1 Damage to the Premises. If the Premises shall be damages by fire or other cause without the fault or negligence of Tenant or its Agents, Landlord shall diligently and as soon as practicable after such damage occurs (taking into account the time necessary to effect a satisfactory settlement with any insurance company involved) repair such damage at the expense of Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord's obligation to repair such damage shall not exceed the proceeds of insurance available to Landlord (reduced by any proceeds retained pursuant to the rights of Mortgagee) so long as Landlord maintains the insurance policies required to be maintained by Landlord under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other cause to such an extent that, in Landlord's sole judgment, the damage cannot be substantially repaired within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of such damage, or if 50% or more of the Premises are damages during the last two (2) Lease Years, then Landlord or Tenant within thirty (30) days from the date of such damage may terminate this Lease by notice to the other. If either Landlord or Tenant terminates this Lease, the Rent shall be apportioned and paid to the date of such termination. If neither Landlord nor Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease but the damage required to be repaired by Landlord is not repaired within one hundred twenty 120) days from the date of such damage (such one hundred twenty (120) day period to be extended by the period of any delay outside the direct control of Landlord plus a reasonable period for a satisfactory settlement with any insurance company involved)., Tenant, within thirty (30) days from the expiration of such one hundred twenty (120) day period (as the same may be extended), may terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord. During the period that Tenant is deprived of the use of the damaged portion of the Premises, and provided such damage is not the consequence of the fault or negligence of the Tenant or its


Agents, Basic Rent and Tenant's Proportionate Share shall be reduced by the ratio that the rentable square footage of the Premises damaged bears to the total rentable square footage of the Premises before such damage. All injury as damage to the premises or the Building resulting from the fault or negligence of Tenant or its Agents shall be repaired by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, and Rent shall not abate. If Tenant shall fail to do so or if Landlord shall so elect, Landlord shall have the right to make such repairs, and any expense so incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, shall be paid by Tenant upon demand. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, replace or repair any nonstandard tenant improvements, tenant extras or Alterations or any personal property of Tenant.

21.2 Landlord Released from Liability. Tenant, to the extent that insurance required to be carried by Tenant under Article 17 is available, and whether or not such insurance is in force and collectible, hereby waives (and agrees to cause all other occupants of the Premises to execute and deliver to Landlord instruments waiving) any right of recovery against Landlord, the Additional Insureds and any of their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, partners, contractors or invitees, for any loss or damage to Alterations or Tenant's Personal Property caused by fire or other insured perils of the type that, or if no such applicable insurance is then in effect or enforceable, would have been, insured against by the policy of insurance required by Article 17.

21.3 Condemnation. If the whole or a Substantial Part of the Premises shall be taken or condemned, or made unusable for the Permitted Use, by any governmental or quasi-public use or purpose (including, without limitation, sale under threat of such taking), then the Term shall cease and terminate as of the sate when title vests in such governmental or quasi-governmental authority, and Rent shall be prorated to the date when title vests in such governmental or quasi-governmental authority. If less then a Substantial Part of the Premises is taken or condemned by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose (including, without limitation, sale under threat of such a taking), Basic Rent and Tenant's Proportionate Share shall be reduced by the ratio that the portion so taken bears to the rentable square footage of the Premises before such taking, effective as of the date when title vests in such governmental or quasi-governmental authority, and this Lease shall otherwise continue in full force and effect. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord (or otherwise) as a result of such taking, ad Tenant hereby agrees to make no claim against the condemning authority for any portion of the amount that may be awarded as compensation or damages as a result of such taking; provided, however, that Tenant may, to the extent allowed by law, claim an award for moving expenses and for the taking of any of tenant's property (other than its leasehold interest in the Premises) which does not, under the terms of this Lease, become the property of Landlord at the termination hereof, as long as such claim is separate and distinct from any claim of Landlord and does not diminish Landlord's award. Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any right and interest it may have in any award for its leasehold interest in the Premises.

ARTICLE 22
DEFAULT

22.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default: (i) Tenant fails to pay Rent within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord; provided that no such notice shall be required if at least two such notices shall have been given during the same Lease Year; (ii) Tenant fails to observe or perform any other term, condition or covenant herein binding upon or obligating Tenant within thirty (30) days after notice from


Landlord, (iii) Tenant abandons the Premises; (iv) Tenant or any Guarantor makes or consents to a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or a common law composition of creditors, or a receiver of the Premises for all or substantially all of Tenant's or Guarantor's asset is appointed, or (v) Tenant or Guarantor files a voluntary petition in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or an involuntary petition in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding is file against Tenant or Guarantor and is not discharged by tenant or Guarantor within ninety (90) days.

22.2 Landlord's Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord, at its option without further notice or demand to Tenant, may in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, proceed pursuant to any or all of the following:

(i) Terminate this Lease and Tenant's right of possession of the Premises, and recover all damages to which Landlord's expenses of reletting (including, without limitation, rental concessions to new tenants, repairs, alterations, reasonable legal fees and brokerage commissions). If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, every obligation of the parties shall cease as of the date of such termination, except that Tenant shall remain liable for payment of rent and performance of all other terms and conditions of this lease to the date of termination.
(ii) Terminates Tenant's right of possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease, in which event Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, relet the Premises or any part thereof, for the account of Tenant, for such rent and term and upon such other conditions as are acceptable to Landlord in Landlord's sole discretion. For purposes of such reletting, Landlord is authorized to redecorate, repair, alter and improve the Premises; tenant shall remain obligated to pay rent to Landlord as provided in this lease. If and when the Premises are relet and if a sufficient sum is not realized from such reletting after payment of all Landlord's expenses of reletting (including, without limitation, reasonable rental concessions to new tenants, repairs, alterations, reasonable legal fees and brokerage commissions) to satisfy the payment of rent due under this lease for any month, Tenant shall pay Landlord any such deficiency upon demand. Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit or recovery of any sums due Landlord under this Section from time to time and that such a suit or recovery of any amount due Landlord shall not be any defense to any subsequent action brought for any amount not previously reduced to judgment in favor of Landlord.
(iii) Terminate this Lease and Tenant's right of possession of the Premises, and recover from Tenant the net present value of the Rent due from date of termination until the Expiration date, discounted at the lesser of the interest rate as of the date of termination or seven percent (7%) per annum.
(iv) Re-enter and repossess the Premises and remove all persons and effects therefrom, by summary proceeding, ejectment or other legal action or by using such force as may be necessary. Landlord shall have no liability by reason of any such re-entry, repossession or removal.
(v) Recover from tenant, to the extent permitted under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, the value and/or cost of all concessions to Tenant under this Lease.

22.3 Rights Upon Possession. If Landlord takes possession pursuant to this Article, with or without terminating this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, enter into the Premises, remove Tenant's Alterations, signs, personal property, equipment and other evidences of tenancy and store them at tenant's risk and expense or dispose of them as Landlord may see fir, and take and hold possession of the Premises; provided; however, that if Landlord elects to take possession only without terminating this Lease, such entry and possession shall not terminate this Lease or release Tenant or any Guarantor, in whole or in part, from the obligation under this Lease or any guaranty thereof.


22.4 No Waiver. If Landlord shall institute proceedings against tenant and a compromise or settlement thereof shall be made, the same shall not constitute a waiver of any hereunder. No waiver by Landlord of any branch shall operate as a waiver of such covenant, condition or agreement, or operate as a waiver of such covenant, condition or agreement itself, or of any subsequent breach thereof. No payment of rent by tenant or acceptance of rent by Landlord shall operate as a waiver of any breach or default by tenant under this Lease. No payment by tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account of the earliest accompanying a check for the payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. No re-entry by Landlord, and no acceptance by Landlord of keys from Tenant, shall be considered an acceptance of a surrender of the Lease.

22.5 Right of Landlord to Cure Tenant's Default. If any Event of Default shall occur, then after giving written notice to Tenant, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to make such payment or do such act to cure the Event of Default, and charge the amount of the expense thereof, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, to Tenant; provided however that no such notice shall be required if notice already was given by or on behalf of Landlord under another section or subsection of this Lease. Such payment shall be due and payable upon demand; however, the making of such payment or the taking of such action by Landlord shall not be deemed to cure the Event of Default or to stop Landlord from the pursuit of any remedy to which Landlord would otherwise be entitled. Any such payment made by Landlord on Tenant's behalf shall bear interest until paid at the Interest Rate.

22.6 Late Payment; Interest. Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge of the greater of $100 or five percent (5%) of the amount of overdue rent for each rent payment that is not made within five (5) days after it's due under terms of this Lease. In addition, all such late rent payments shall bear interest, at the Interest Rate; from the date such rent became due and payable to the date of payment thereof by Tenant. Such late charge and interest shall be due and overdue Rent, in whole or in part, shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any other provision of this lease.

22.7 Landlord Default. If Landlord shall fail to keep or perform any of its covenants under this Lease, then Tenant may (but shall not be obligated to do so), in addition to any other remedies available or provided by law, upon the continuance of such failure on Landlord's part for thirty (30) days after notice from Tenant specifying the failure (or, in the case of any such failure which cannot with due diligence be cured within thirty (30) days, within such additional period, if any, as may be reasonably required by Landlord to cure such failure with due diligence), and without waiving or releasing Landlord from any obligation, make such payment or perform such obligation. In the event of such payment or performance by Tenant, all sums so paid by Tenant and all necessary and related costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees paid to independent legal counsel, incurred by Tenant in making such payment of performing such obligation, shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant's written demand, and if not so paid by Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to pursue any legal remedies available to it to collect payment, subject to the limitations elsewhere provided in this Lease, but shall not be entitled to offset such payment against rent thereafter payable under this Lease. No inaction by Tenant in the event of any failure of Landlord to keep or perform any of its covenants or conditions under this Lease shall operate as a waiver by Tenant of any breach or default of any terms of this Lease, then notwithstanding the rights of tenant specified herein or otherwise provided or permitted at law or in equity, tenant shall have no right to limited to pursuing its claims for damages as provided above.


ARTICLE 23
MORTGAGES

23.1 Subordination; Nondisturbance. This Lease is and shall be and remain, as applicable, subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases and to any Mortgage(s) which may now or hereafter affect such leases or the Land and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. This subordination shall be self-operative; however, in confirmation thereof, tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord within fifteen
(15) days after Landlord's request any instrument that does not contradict the terms of this Lease that Landlord or any Mortgage may request confirming such subordination. If tenant fails to timely execute and deliver any such instrument within said time period, then tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, within five
(5) days after demand therefore, (i) the sum of $100 for each day beyond the tenth day after request for such instrument until the instrument is duly executed by tenant and delivered to Landlord, and
(ii) all amounts actually and reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with such delay, including, without limitation, attorney's fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, before any foreclosure sale under a Mortgage, or any deed in lieu thereof, the Mortgage shall have the right to subordinate the Mortgage to this Lease, and, in the event of a foreclosure, or any deed in lieu thereof, this Lease may continue in full force and effect and tenant shall attorn to and recognize as its Landlord the purchaser of Landlord's interest under this Lease. Tenant shall, upon the request of a Mortgagee or purchaser at foreclosure, or any deed in lieu thereof, execute, acknowledge and deliver any installment that does not contradict the terms of this Lease that has for its purposes and effect the subordination of the lien of any Mortgagee to this Lease or Tenant's attornment to such Purchaser; provided however, that said Mortgagee or purchaser recognizes this Lease and tenant's rights, so long as it is not in default hereunder, to possess the Premises, agrees to perform and assume the obligations and liabilities of the Landlord hereunder and provides to tenant an acceptable nondisturbance agreement as set forth herein. Notwithstanding the above provisions: (a) the applicable Mortgagee or successor-in-interest to Landlord shall execute and deliver to tenant, as promptly as commercially reasonable after tenant's request, an executed non-disturbance agreement in a recordable form acceptable to Mortgagee, agreeing that such Mortgagee, purchaser in a foreclosure (or by deed in lieu thereof) or other successor-in-interest shall recognize tenant's (and its permitted designees', assignees', and sublesees') rights under this Lease; and
(b) in addition, as promptly as commercially possible following tenant's request, Landlord shall use disturbance agreement recognizing Tenant's (and its designees', assignees', and sublesees') rights under this Lease from each Mortgagee now or at any time hereafter encumbering the Building.

23.2 Mortgagee Protection. Tenant agrees, if requested by Landlord or any Mortgagee, to give any Mortgagee by certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that before such notice tenant has been notified in writing of the address of such mortgagee. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within time provided for in this Lease, then Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default; provided, however, that if such default cannot be reasonably cured within that time, then such Mortgagee shall have additional time as may be necessary to cure such default so long as Mortgagee has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including, without limitation, the commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary), in which event this Lease shall not be terminated or rent abated while such remedies are being so diligently pursued. In the event of the sale of the Land or Building, by foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof, the Mortgagee or purchaser at such sale shall be responsible for the return of the Security deposit only to the extent that such Mortgagee or purchaser actually received the Security Deposit.


23.3 Modification Due to Financing. If, in connection with obtaining construction or permanent financing for the Premises, the Building or the Land, any lender (or mortgagee) shall request reasonable modifications of this Lease as a condition to such financing. Tenant shall promptly execute a modification of this Lease, provided such modifications do not materially increase the financial obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially adversely affect the tenant and any Guarantor shall each, prior to execution and throughout the term, upon request from time to time, provide such financial information about itself to Landlord or Mortgagee as reasonably may be requested.

ARTICLE 24
SURRENDOR; HOLDING OVER

24.1 Surrender of the Premises. Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Premises to Landlord on the expiration Date earlier termination of this Lease, in broom-clean condition and in as good condition as when Tenant took possession, including, without limitation, the repair of any damage to the Premises caused by the removal of any tenant's personal property or trade fixtures from the Premises, except for reasonable wear and tear and loss by fire or other casualty not caused by tenant or it's agents. Any of tenant's personal property left on or in the Premises, the Building, the Land or the Common area after the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease shall be deemed to be abandoned, and, at Landlord's option, title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease.

24.2 Holding Over. In the event that tenant shall not immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord on the Expiration date or earlier termination of this Lease, tenant shall be deemed to be a month to month tenant upon all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, except the monthly Basic rent shall be 150% of the monthly Basic rent in effect during the last month of the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if tenant shall hold over after the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, and Landlord shall desire to regain possession of the process, or by any legal process Landlord against all liabilities and damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention of possession.

ARTICLE 25
QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that if tenant shall pay rent and perform all of the terms and conditions of this Lease to be performed by tenant, tenant shall during the Term peaceably and quietly occupy and enjoy possession of the Premises without molestation or hindrance by Landlord or any party claiming through or under Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Lease and any Mortgagee to which this Lease is subordinate and Legal requirements.

ARTICLE 26
TENANT'S COVENANTS REGARDING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

26.1 Definition. As used in this Lease, the term "Hazardous Material" means any flammable items, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous or toxic substances, material or waste or related materials, including any substances defined as or included in the definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "infectious wastes," "hazardous materials" or "toxic substance" now or subsequently regulated under any federal, state, or local laws, regulations or ordinances including, without limitation, oil, petroleum-based products, paints, solvents, lead, cyanide, DDT, printing inks, acids, pesticides, ammonia compounds and other chemical products, asbestos, PCBs and similar compounds, and including any different products and materials which are subsequently found to adverse effects on the environmental or the health and safety of persons.


26.2 General Prohibition. Tenant has reviewed the Phase 1 environmental assessment on the Land and Building, and acknowledgement that it contains no indication of the existence of any matters of environmental concern. Tenant shall not cause or permit any unlawful amount of Hazardous Material to be generated, produced, brought upon, used, stored, treated, discharged, released, spilled or disposed of on, in, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Land by Tenant or its agents, sublessees or assignees, with sole exception that small quantities of customary office supplies that otherwise would be prohibited by this sentence may be brought to, stored and used in, the Premises, for their normal intended purposes. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom) costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys', consultants' and experts' fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses shall not cause or, to the extent it is reasonably within Landlord's knowledge and control, permit any Hazardous Material to be generated, produced, brought upon, used, stored, treated, discharged, released, spilled or disposed of on, in, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Land by Landlord or its Agents (specifically excluding Landlord's tenants or their sublessees or assigns), with the sole exception that small quantities of customary office supplies that otherwise would be prohibited by this sentence may be brought to, stored and used in, the Premises, the building or the Land for their normal intended purposes.

26.3 Notice. In the event that Hazardous Materials are discovered upon, in, or under the Premises, the Building or the Land, and the governmental agency or entity having jurisdiction over the Premises, the Building or the Land requires the removal of such Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall be responsible for removing those Hazardous Materials arising out or related to the use or occupancy of the Premises by the Tenant or its agents, affiliates, sublessees or assignees but not those of its predecessors. Notwithstanding the forgoing, tenant shall not take any remedial action in or about the premises, the Building or the Land, without first notifying Landlord of tenant's intention to do so and affording Landlord the opportunity to protect Landlord's interest with respect thereto. Tenant immediately shall notify Landlord in writing of: (i) any spill, release, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Material in, on or under the Premises, the building, the Land or any portion thereof, (ii) any enforcement, cleanup, removal, or other governmental or regulatory action instituted, contemplated or threatened (if Tenant has notice thereof) pursuant to any Hazardous Materials Laws; (iii) any claim made or threatened by any person against Tenant, the Premises, the Building or the Land relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury resulting from or claimed to result from any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about or removed from the Premises, the Building or the Land, including any complaints, noticed, warnings, reports or asserted violations in connection therewith. Tenant also shall supply to Landlord as promptly as possible, and in any event within five (5) business days after tenant first receives or sends the same, copies of all claims, reports, complaints, notices, warnings or asserted violations relating in any way to the Premises, the Building, the Land or tenant's use or occupancy thereof.

26.4 Survival. The respective rights and obligations of Landlord and tenant under this Article 26 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 27
MISCELLANEOUS

27.1 No Representations by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor its agents nor any broker has made any representation or promise with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Land or the common Area, except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights,


privileges, easements or licenses are acquired by tenant except as herein expressly set forth. Tenant, by taking possessions of the Premises shall accept the Premises and the Building "AS IS," and such taking of possessions shall be conclusive evidence that the Premises and the Building are in good and satisfactory conditions at the of such taking possessions.

27.2 No Partnership. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture or between Landlord and tenant, or to create any other relationship between Landlord and tenant other than that of landlord and tenant.

27.3 Brokers. Landlord recognizes Jefferson Commercial Real Estate as the sole broker procuring this Lease and shall pay Broker a commission therefor pursuant to separate agreements between Broker and Landlord. All commissions owed to the Broker are to be paid by the Landlord. Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that it has not employed any broker, agent or finder other than Broker relating to this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless, including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees, experts' costs and court costs, from and against any claim for brokerage or other commission arising from or out of any breach of the representation and warranty of such party.

27.4 Estoppel Certificates. Tenant shall, without charge, at any time and from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after request thereof by Landlord, Mortgagee, any purchaser of the Land or Building or any other interested person, execute, acknowledge and deliver to such requesting party a written estoppel certificate certifying as of the date of such estoppel certificate, the following: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect as modified and setting forth such modifications; (ii) that the term has commenced (and setting forth the Commencement date and Expiration Date); (iii) that Tenant is presently occupying the Premises; (iv) the amounts of basic rent and additional rent currently due and payable by Tenant; (v) that any alterations required by the Lease to have been made by Landlord have been made to satisfaction of Tenant; (vi) that there are no existing set-offs, charges, liens, claims or defenses against the enforcement of any right hereunder, including, without limitation, Basic rent or Additional rent (or, if alleged, specifying the same in detail);
(vii) that no Basic rent (except the first installment thereof) has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date;
(viii) that Tenant has no knowledge of any then uncured default Landlord of its obligations under this Lease (or, if Tenant has such knowledge, specifying the same in detail); (ix) that tenant is not in default; (x) that the address to which notices to Tenant should be sent is as set forth in the Lease (or, if not specifying the correct address); and (xi) any other substance attached hereto as Exhibit D or, at Landlord's sole option, such other form and substance as may be requested or required by a Mortgagee or prospective purchaser or investor. The failure of Tenant to execute, acknowledge and deliver such a certificate in accordance with this
Section 27.4 within the above-mentioned ten (10) days shall constitute an acknowledgement by Tenant, which may be relied on by any person who would be entitled to rely upon any such certificate, that such certificate as submitted by Landlord to tenant is true and correct; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to accept such deemed acknowledgement as its sole remedy for tenant's breach in failing to provide an estoppel certificate as required herein. In ten (10) days after request by Landlord, tenant shall deliver to Landlord audited financial statements of Tenant for its most recently ended fiscal year and interim unaudited financial statements for its most recently ended quarter.

27.5 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TENANT AND LANDLORD EACH HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY LANDLORD AGAINST TENANT, OR BY TENANT AGAINST LANDLORD, WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR INA NY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREUNDER OR TENANT'S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY PROCEEDINGS FOR NONPAYMENT OF RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIMS. THIS SHALL NOT,


HOWEVER, BE CONSTRUED AS A WAIVER OF EITHER PARTY'S RIGHT TO ASSERT ANY PERMITTED CLAIMS IN ANY SEPERATE ACTION BROUGHT BY THE OTHER PARTY.

27.6 Notices. All notices, requests or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, unless otherwise specified in this Lease, and shall be given (i) by personal delivery, (ii) by next day service of an express courier, or (iii) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; in each such event such communications shall be addressed and sent, if to Landlord to Landlord's Address specified in Section 1.14 or if to Tenant to Tenant's Address specified in Section 1.15. Each such communication shall be deemed to have been given as follows: as to personally delivered items, on the date of personal delivery; as certified or registered mail, on the third (3rd) business day after such mailing. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate a different address for receipt of future notices.

27.7 Invalidity of Particular Provisions. If any provisions of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent by invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the full extent permitted by law.

27.8 Gender and Number. All terms and works used in this Lease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number or gender as the context may require.

27.9 Benefit and Burden. Subject to the provisions of Article 11 and except as otherwise expressly provided, the provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and each of their respective representatives, heirs, successors and assigns. Landlord may freely and fully assign its interest hereunder.

27.10 Entire Agreement. This Lease (which includes the Exhibits attached hereto) contains and embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and no representations, inducements or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties not contained in this Lease shall be of any force or effect. This Lease (other than the Rules and regulations, which may be changed from time to time as provided herein) may not be modified, changed or terminated in whole or in part in any manner other than by agreement in writing duly signed by Landlord and Tenant.

27.11 Authority.

(i) If tenant signs as a corporation or limited entity, the person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby personally represents and warrants that Tenant is duly formed and validly existing as such a corporation or entity, in good standing, qualified to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia, that the corporation or limited liability entity has full power and authority to enter into the Lease and that the person signing is authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of the corporation or limited liability.
(ii) If tenant signs as a partnership, the person executing this Lease on behalf of tenant hereby personally represents and warrants that Tenant is duly formed, validly existing partnership qualified to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia, that the partnership has full power and authority to enter into this Lease, and that the person signing is authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of the partnership.
(iii) The person executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord hereby represents and warrants that Landlord is duly formed, validly existing limited liability company, qualified to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia, that


the company has full power and authority to enter into this Lease, and that he or she is authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of the Landlord.

27.12 Attorneys' Fees. If, as a result of any default of Landlord or Tenant in its performance of any of the provisions of this Lease, the other party uses the services of an attorney in order to secure compliance with such provisions or recover damages therefor, or to terminate this Lease or evict Tenant, the non-prevailing party shall reimburse the prevailing party upon demand for any and all reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses so incurred by the prevailing party.

27.13 Interpretation. This Lease is governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

27.14 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence as to Tenant's obligations contained in this Lease.

27.15 Force Majeure. Except for tenant's obligations to pay rent under this Lease, neither Landlord or Tenant shall be required to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, nor shall such party be liable for loss or damage for failure to do so, nor shall the other party thereby be released from any of its obligations under this Lease, where such failure by the non-performing arty arises from or through acts of god, strikes, lockouts, labor difficulties, explosions, sabotage, accidents, riots, civil commotions, acts of war, results or any warfare or warlike conditions in this or any foreign country, fire or casualty, legal requirements, energy shortage or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the non-performing party, unless such loss or damage results from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the non-prevailing party.

27.16 Headings. Captions and headings are for convenience of reference only.

27.17 Memorandum of Lease. Tenant shall at the request of Landlord, execute and deliver a memorandum of lease in recordable form. Tenant shall not record such a memorandum of this Lease without Landlord's consent. In the event Tenant requests recordation of a memorandum of this Lease, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all recording costs, fees and taxes, if any, associated with such recordation. In the event Landlord elects to record a memorandum of this Lease, Landlord shall be obligated to pay all recoding costs, fees and taxes, if any, associated with such recordation.

27.18 Landlord Decisions. Unless a specific contrary standard is otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, whenever any approval, consent or other decision (a "Decision") is required or permitted to be made by Landlord under this Lease, such Decision (i) shall not be unreasonably delayed, and (ii) shall be made by Landlord in its sole discretion.

27.19 Landlord's Compensation for Tenant Delays. If tenant fails or refuses to execute and deliver instrument or certificate required to be delivered by tenant hereunder (including, without limitation, any instrument or certificate required under Article 23 or Section 27.4 hereof) within the time periods required herein, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional rent any and all amounts actually and reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with such delay, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, carrying costs, and penalties. Each payment of such Additional rent shall be paid within ten (10) days after each written notice given by Landlord to Tenant certifying Landlord's damages incurred as a result of such delay by tenant; each such notice may be supplemented from time to time as and if Landlord in it sole reasonable discretion determines that additional damages were or have been incurred. Tenant acknowledges that such notice(s) by Landlord shall be conclusive upon tenant, its successors, and assigns, absent actual fraud by Landlord.

27.20 Effectiveness. The furnishing if the form of this Lease shall not constitute an offer and this Lease shall become effective upon and only upon its full execution by and delivery to each party hereto.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and tenant have executed this Lease under seal as of the Lease Date.

                                           LANDLORD:
ATTEST/WITNESS:                            WJG, LLC,
                                           A Virginia limited liability company
                                           By:                   (SEAL)
                                              -------------------------

Name:                                      Name:
      -----------------------                   -----------------------
                                                A.J. Gazaleno
Date:                                      Date:
      -----------------------                   -----------------------
                                                09-11-2001

TENANT

ATTEST/WITNESS: ACCESS NATIONAL MORTGAGE

                                           By:                   (SEAL)
                                              -------------------------
                                                Michael J. Rebibo

Name:                                      Name:
      -----------------------                   -----------------------
      Cynthia Jones                             Michael J. Rebibo, President

Date:                                      Date:
      -----------------------                   -----------------------
      09-10-2001                                09-10-2001


EXHIBIT A-1
(Plan Showing Premises)


EXHIBIT A-2
(Plan Showing Land and Building)


EXHIBIT B


EXHIBIT B-1
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

The Tenant Contractor shall, throughout the duration of any contract or any work authorized under purchase order, at its expense, carry and from time to time renew Worker's Compensation Insurance, Public Liability Insurance in the amounts of $1,000,000 to $5,000,000 (dollar amount to be reasonably determined by Landlord depending upon the scope and nature of the work), single limit coverage both Bodily Injury and Property Damage, which policy(s) also shall contain deductible amounts, if any, acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. An insurance certificate in the customary form, naming tenant, Landlord and the Landlord's property management agent as additional insureds and evidencing that premiums therefore have been paid, shall be delivered to Landlord simultaneously with the execution of any contract and prior to performing any work authorized under a purchase order and within fifteen (15) days the renewal of such together with evidence satisfactory to Landlord of payment of the premium. All certificates must contain a provision that if such policies are canceled or changed during the periods of coverage as stated therein, in such a manner as to affect this certificate, written notice will be mailed to the Landlord by registered mail ten (10) days prior to such cancellation or change.


EXHIBT C

to the Lease agreement between

WJG, LLC, as Landlord, and

Access National Mortgage as Tenant

Rules and Regulations


EXHIBIT D
Estoppel Certificate

Re: Suite_, 8233 Old Courthouse Road, Vienna, VA 22182 ("Premises")

The undersigned ("Tenant"), as tenant under a certain dated ______ , 200 ____ , ("Lease") made with _____________ , a , ("Landlord") for the Premises described above, hereby ratifies such Lease and certifies to you and your designees, successors and assigns, and to ____________ Bank ("Lender") as follows:

1. (a) Name of Landlord:___________
(b) Name of Tenant:___________
(c) Date of Lease:___________
(d) Amendments or Modifications:___________
(e) Commencement Date and Expiration Date of current Lease Term:___________
(f) Rentable Area:___________
(g) Remaining Renewal Options:___________
(h) Annual Base Rent $_____ for period_____through__
(i) Additional Rent currently payable:___________
(j) Operating Expense and Real Estate Taxes: proportionate share (_____% over 20___________base year ($___________))
(k) Remaining Expansion Rights:___________
(l) Security Deposit:___________
(m) Tenant pays for its electrical and janitorial services:
Yes__ No__

2. The Tenant has not been amended or modified (either orally or in writing) except as specified in paragraph 1(d) and there are no other agreements between Landlord and Tenant. A copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereof are attached as Exhibit A to this Certificate. The address for notices to Tenant is as set forth below.

3. Tenant is in full and complete possession of the premises described in the Lease (the "Premises), such possession having been delivered by the Landlord under the Lease and accepted any the tenant as complying with the terms of the Lease. Any alterations required by the Lease to have been made by Landlord have been made to the satisfaction of Tenant.

4. All rent, charges or other payments due under the Lease have been paid through , 200 , and there has been no repayment of rent or other obligation more than one month in advance. No portion of the Premises is currently sublet or assigned.

5. Neither party is in default under any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, nor has any event occurred, which with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both would constitute a default by either party under the Lease.

6. Tenant agrees that the Lease and the rights of Tenant thereunder shall be and remain in all respects and for all purposes subject, subordinate and junior in right and interest to the lien of the Deed of Trust (the "Deed of Trust") held to or be placed by Lender and to the right and interests of any holder of such Deed of Trust, whether of not the indebtness secured by such Deed of Trust is now or hereafter outstanding, as fully and with the same effect as if such Deed of Trust had been duly executed, acknowledged, delivered and recorded by the record owner of the property which is the subject of the Deed of trust and of which the Premises is a part (the "Property") so as to constitute a lien of record and the indebtedness secured by such Deed of Trust ha been fully disbursed prior to the execution and delivery of the Lease.


7. Upon any foreclosure sale or conveyance in lieu thereof, or other suit or proceeding under or pursuant to the Deed of Trust or consequent upon any event of default thereunder, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize the purchaser of the Property as its landlord under the Lease as if such purchaser were the original landlord thereunder; provided, however, that such purchaser requests such attornment and recognition and that such purchaser shall in no way be liable or responsible for any alleged default by the Landlord pertaining to any period prior to the time that the purchaser acquires actual possession or control of the Property.

Address of Tenant:                        [TENANT]


-----------------
                                        By:
-----------------                          ---------------------
                                             Michael J. Rebibo

                                        Name:
                                               -----------------
                                               Michael J. Rebibo
                                        Title:
                                                ----------------
                                                    President


EXHIBIT E
Extension Option

Tenant shall have the right to extend the term of the Lease with respect to the Premises then subject to this Lease; upon and subject to the following terms and conditions:

1.Extension Term. Tenant may extend this Lease for one or, having exercised one, two extension terms of five (5) years (each an "Extension Term;" collectively the "Extension Term;" the original and any Extension Term(s) may be called a "Term") by delivering Tenant's written notice of such extension to Landlord no later than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the original Term or, as to the second Extension Term, the expiration of the prior Term upon exercise of any such extension option the "Expiration Date" of the term shall automatically become the last day of such Extension Term.

2.Condition to Exercise. Tenant's failure to exercise an extension option prior to the exercise deadline for notice described in the paragraph next above, for any reason whatsoever, shall conclusively be deemed a waiver of such option. Tenant's failure to exercise its right to the first extension option prior to the exercise deadline for notice described in the paragraph next above, for any reason whatsoever, shall conclusively be deemed a waiver of the first and subsequent options. Except as expressly set forth in this Exhibit to the contrary, if Tenant properly and timely exercises any extension option set forth above, Tenant may not thereafter revoke such exercise. Tenant's right to exercise any extension option is subject to the existence of the following conditions at the time of Tenant's exercise of its option to extend: (i) this Lease is in full force and effect; (ii) no Event of Default then exists under this Lease and no condition exists which with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default; and (iii) the tenant named herein shall not have assigned or sublet its rights to an aggregate of more than twenty five percent (25%) of the rentable area of the original Premises.

3. Conditions of Premises. Tenant shall take the Premises in "as is" condition for the Extension term, and Landlord shall have no obligation to make any improvements or alterations to the Premises.

4. Rent.
(a) Basic rent for the first year of each Extension Term shall be the Fair Market Value Rate (hereinafter defined) multiplied by the number of square feet of gross rentable area in the Premises as of the commencement date of the Extension Term. Basic rent during the second and subsequent yeas during the applicable Extension Term shall be increased as provided in Section 1.6 of the Lease. In no event, however, shall the initial Basic Rent for an Extension Term be less than the Basic Rent paid for the last year of the prior Term.

(b) For purposes hereof "Fair Market Value Rate: means the full service rte fair market rental rate per square foot of rentable area that would be agreed upon between a landlord and tenant entering into a new lease for comparable space as to location, size, configuration and elevator exposure in a building of comparable location, quality, age and t and reputation with a comparable build-out and a comparable term, assuming the following: (1) the landlord and tenant are typically motivated; (2) the landlord and tenant are informed and well advised and each is acting in what it considers its own best interest; (3) tenant improvement allowance, fee rent periods or any other special concessions (for example, design fees, moving allowances, commissions, etc.) will not be provided to Tenant except to the extent that such allowances or concessions are reflected in the fair market renal rates then being quoted in which event the Fair Market Value Rate shall be reduced by the economic equivalent of the allowances or concessions not offered to Tenant; (4) the Premises are fit for the Permitted Uses; and (5) in the event the Premises has been destroyed or damaged by the fire or other casualty; the Premises has been fully restored. Tenant shall also continue to pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and other charges under this Lease pursuant to the terms of the Lease unless the marketplace conditions at the time include such costs in the fair market rental rate, in which event the


Fair Market Value rate shall be reduced to reflect the fact that Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and other applicable charges under this Lease are not included.

(c) Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord receives notice from Tenant that Tenant is exercising an Extension Option, Landlord shall send written notice to Tenant specifying the Fair Market Value rate as determined by Landlord and, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord's notice, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of Tenant's acceptance or challenge of Landlord's determination of the Fair Market Value Rate; provided, deemed not to have accepted Landlord's determination of the Fair Market Value Rate, and Landlord and Tenant shall endeavor to reach an agreement as to the Fair Market Value Rate within thirty (30) days after the latter of the aforementioned fifteen (15) day periods. Unless Landlord and Tenant agree in writing upon the Fair Market Value Rate, Landlord and Tenant shall not be deemed to have agreed upon the Fair Market Value Rate.

(d) If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Fair Market Value Rate within the aforementioned time period, Landlord and Tenant shall each select an appraiser who shall each submit to the parties his or her determination of the Fair Market Value Rate. Landlord and Tenant shall notify the other party of the identity of the appraiser selected by the notifying party within ten (10) days after the expiration of the aforementioned thirty (30) day period. Each appraiser shall be a licensed real estate broker or an MAI-certified real estate appraiser having a minimum of ten (10) years' experience in the Tyson's Corner, Virginia office market. The appraisers shall be instructed to complete and submit their written appraisal reports to the other party within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the ten (10) day selection period. If the determination of the Fair Market Value Rate submitted by the Landlord's appraiser is less than the determination of the Fair Market Value Rate submitted by the Tenant's appraiser, the Fair Market Value Rate shall be the average of the two (2) determinations. If the determination of the Fair Market Value Rate submitted by the Landlord's appraiser is greater than the determination of the Fair Market Value Rate submitted by the Tenant's appraiser, the appraisers shall, within ten (10) days, appoint a third appraiser with the above mentioned qualifications who shall select either Landlord's appraisal or Tenant's appraisal, whichever the third appraiser finds more accurately reflects the Fair Market Value Rate. The third appraiser shall be instructed to make his or her selection of the more accurate appraisal and notify Landlord and Tenant of such selection within fifteen (15) days after such appraiser's appointment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the lower of the first two (2) appraisal amounts is within five percent (5%) of the higher of the first two (2) appraisal amounts, then Fair Market Value Rate shall be the average of the such two (2) appraisal amounts and no third appraiser shall be used. Landlord and Tenant shall each bear the costs of their respective appraisers. The expenses of a third appraiser shall be borne one-half (1/2) by Landlord and one-half (1/2) by Tenant.

(e) Any provision(s) of this Exhibit to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall not be required to accept Basic Rent for any year during an Extension Term, as determined pursuant to Section 4(d) above, in an amount less than the Basic Rent paid for the last year of the original Term.

(f) Additional Rent shall continue to be due and payable as provided in the Lease.

5. No Abatement. Although rent abatement period(s) will be considered (if applicable) in determining the Fair Market Value Rate pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Exhibit, at no time during any Extension Term will Rent abate under this Lease.

6. Terms of Lease. Except as otherwise set forth in this Exhibit, Tenant's lease of the Premises for any Extension Term shall be upon the same terms and conditions as are applicable for the prior Term.